WO1999047639A2 - Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides - Google Patents

Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999047639A2
WO1999047639A2 PCT/US1999/005976 US9905976W WO9947639A2 WO 1999047639 A2 WO1999047639 A2 WO 1999047639A2 US 9905976 W US9905976 W US 9905976W WO 9947639 A2 WO9947639 A2 WO 9947639A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
aureus
polypeptides
present
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1999/005976
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999047639A3 (en
Inventor
Andrew J. G. Simpson
Gil H. Choi
Original Assignee
Human Genome Sciences, Inc.
Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Human Genome Sciences, Inc., Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research filed Critical Human Genome Sciences, Inc.
Priority to AU33573/99A priority Critical patent/AU3357399A/en
Publication of WO1999047639A2 publication Critical patent/WO1999047639A2/en
Publication of WO1999047639A3 publication Critical patent/WO1999047639A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/195—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
    • C07K14/305—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F)
    • C07K14/31—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F) from Staphylococcus (G)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies

Definitions

  • Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides are Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides.
  • the present invention relates to novel Staphylococcus aureus genes (S. aureus) nucleic acids and polypeptides. Also provided are vectors, host cells and recombinant methods for producing the same. Further provided are diagnostic methods for detecting Staphylococcus aureus using probes, primers, and antibodies to the S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides of the present invention. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypeptide activity and to vaccines using S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides.
  • S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus genes
  • the genus Staphylococcus includes at least 20 distinct species.
  • MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (Mosby-Year Book Europe Limited, London, UK 1993). It is an etiological agent of a variety of conditions, ranging in severity from mild to fatal. A few of the more common conditions caused by S. aureus infection are burns, cellulitis, eyelid infections, food poisoning, joint infections, neonatal conjunctivitis, osteomyelitis, skin infections, surgical wound infection, scalded skin syndrome and toxic shock syndrome, some of which are described further below.
  • Burns generally are sterile initially. However, they generally compromise physical and immune barriers to infection, cause loss of fluid and electrolytes and result in local or general physiological dysfunction. After cooling, contact with viable bacteria results in mixed colonization at the injury site. Infection may be restricted to the non-viable debris on the burn surface ("eschar"), it may progress into full skin infection and invade viable tissue below the eschar and it may reach below the skin, enter the lymphatic and blood circulation and develop into septicemia. S. aureus is among the most important pathogens typically found in burn wound infections. It can destroy granulation tissue and produce severe septicemia.
  • Cellulitis an acute infection of the skin that expands from a typically superficial origin to spread below the cutaneous layer, most commonly is caused by S. aureus in conjunction with S. pyrogenes. Cellulitis can lead to systemic infection. In fact, cellulitis can be one aspect of synergistic bacterial gangrene. This condition typically is caused by a mixture of S. aureus and microaerophilic streptococci. It causes necrosis and treatment is limited to excision of the necrotic tissue. The condition often is fatal.
  • Eyelid infections S. aureus is the cause of styes and of sticky eye" in neonates, among other eye infections. Typically such infections are limited to the surface of the eye, and may occasionally penetrate the surface with more severe consequences.
  • Food poisoning Some strains of S. aureus produce one or more of five serologically distinct, heat and acid stable enterotoxins that are not destroyed by digestive process of the stomach and small intestine (enterotoxins A-E). Ingestion of the toxin, in sufficient quantities, typically results in severe vomiting, but not diarrhea. The effect does not require viable bacteria. Although the toxins are known, their mechanism of action is not understood.
  • Osteomyelitis S. aureus is the most common causative agent of haematogenous osteomyelitis. The disease tends to occur in children and adolescents more than adults and it is associated with non-penetrating injuries to bones. Infection typically occurs in the long end of growing bone, hence its occurrence in physically immature populations. Most often, infection is localized in the vicinity of sprouting capillary loops adjacent to epiphysis growth plates in the end of long, growing bones.
  • Skin infections S. aureus is the most common pathogen of such minor skin infections as abscesses and boils. Such infections often are resolved by normal host response mechanisms, but they also can develop into severe internal infections. Recurrent infections of the nasal passages plague nasal carriers of S. aureus.
  • Surgical Wound Infections Surgical wounds often penetrate far into the body. Infection of such wound thus poses a grave risk to the patient.
  • S. aureus is the most important causative agent of infections in surgical wounds. S. aureus is unusually adept at invading surgical wounds; sutured wounds can be infected by far fewer S. aureus cells then are necessary to cause infection in normal skin. Invasion of surgical wound can lead to severe S. aureus septicemia. Invasion of the blood stream by S. aureus can lead to seeding and infection of internal organs, particularly heart valves and bone, causing systemic diseases, such as endocarditis and osteomyelitis.
  • Scalded Skin Syndrome S. aureus is responsible for "scalded skin syndrome" (also called toxic epidermal necrosis, Ritter's disease and Lyell's disease). This diseases occurs in older children, typically in outbreaks caused by flowering of S. aureus strains produce exfoliation(also called scalded skin syndrome toxin). Although the bacteria initially may infect only a minor lesion, the toxin destroys intercellular connections, spreads epidermal layers and allows the infection to penetrate the outer layer of the skin, producing the desquamation that typifies the diseases. Shedding of the outer layer of skin generally reveals normal skin below, but fluid lost in the process can produce severe injury in young children if it is not treated properly.
  • Toxic shock syndrome is caused by strains of S. aureus that produce the so-called toxic shock syndrome toxin.
  • the disease can be caused by S. aureus infection at any site, but it is too often erroneously viewed exclusively as a disease solely of women who use tampons.
  • the disease involves toxemia and septicemia, and can be fatal.
  • NIS National Nocosomial Infection Surveillance Study
  • S. aureus was the most prevalent agent of surgical wound infections in many hospital services, including medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics and newboms.
  • Other Infections Other types of infections, risk factors, etc. involving S. aureus are discussed in: A. Trilla (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3:37-43; F. Espersen (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 11-17; D.E. Craven (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 19-28; J.D. Breen et al. (1995) Infect. Dis. Clin. North Am. 9(1):11-24 (each incorporated herein in their entireties).
  • lactamase which converts penicillin to pencillinoic acid, and thereby destroys antibiotic activity.
  • lactamase gene often is propagated episomally, typically on a plasmid, and often is only one of several genes on an episomal element that, together, confer multidrug resistance.
  • Methicillins introduced in the 1960s, largely overcame the problem of penicillin resistance in S. aureus. These compounds conserve the portions of penicillin responsible for antibiotic activity and modify or alter other portions that make penicillin a good substrate for inactivating lactamases.
  • methicillin resistance has emerged in 5. aureus, along with resistance to many other antibiotics effective against this organism, including aminoglycosides, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, macrolides and lincosamides. In fact, methicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus generally are multiply drug resistant.
  • MRSA Methicillian-resistant S. aureus
  • femA- through F six fem genes (femA- through F) have been described and the minimal number of additional aux genes has been estimated to be more than 10.
  • femA and femB Interference with femA and femB results in a strong reduction of methicillin resistance, back to sensitivity of strains without PBP2a.
  • the fem genes are involved in specific steps of cell wall synthesis. Consequently, inactivation of fem factors induce ⁇ -lactam hypersensitivity in already sensitive strains.
  • Both femA and femB have been shown to be involved in peptidoglycan pentaglycine interpeptide bridge formation.
  • FemA is responsible for the formation of glycines 2 and 3
  • femB is responsible for formation of glycines 4 and 5.
  • S. aureus may be involved in the formation of a monoglycine muropeptide precursors.
  • FemC-F influence amidation of the iso-D-glutamic acid residue of the peptidoglycan stem peptide, formation of a minor muropeptide with L-alanine instead of glycine at position 1 of the interpeptide bridge, perform a yet unknown function, or are involved in an early step of peptidoglycan precursors biosynthesis (addition of L-lysine), respectively.
  • S. aureus infection already poses significant treatment difficulties, which are likely to get much worse unless new therapeutic agents are developed. Since 5. aureus is likely involved in the synthesis of the peptidoglycan cross bridges in S. aureus, the gene provides an important tool in studying the mechanisms of antibiotic resistance.
  • the S. aureus gene and its polypeptides are also potential target for antagonists or agonists, which may be useful as antibiotics, or useful to block resistance to other antibiotics. That is, antagonists or agonists, such as small molecules, may be useful as antibiotics themselves, act additively with other antibiotics, or act synergistically with other antibiotics.
  • the present invention provides isolated S. aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides shown in Table 1 and SEQ ID NO:lthrough SEQ ID NO:22 (polynucleotide sequences having odd SEQ ID NOs and polypeptide sequences having even SEQ ID NOs).
  • One aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) a nucleotide sequence encoding any of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1; and (c) a nucleotide sequence complementary to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a) or (b).
  • the invention further provides for fragments of the nucleic acid molecules of (a), (b) & (c) above.
  • nucleic acid molecules that comprise a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 90% identical, and more preferably at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical, to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a), (b) or (c) above, or a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide in (a), (b) or (c) above.
  • Additional nucleic acid embodiments of the invention relate to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides which encode the amino acid sequences of epitope-bearing portions of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in (a) above.
  • the present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of these vectors in the production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
  • the invention further provides isolated S. aureus polypeptides having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of an amino acid sequence of any of the polypeptides described in Table 1 or fragments thereof.
  • polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence with at least 70% similarity, and more preferably at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% similarity to those described in Table 1, as well as polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 70% identical, more preferably at least 75% identical, and still more preferably 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to those above; as well as isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides.
  • the present invention further provides a vaccine, preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus , in an animal.
  • a vaccine preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus , in an animal.
  • aureus polypeptides of the present invention may further be combined with one or more immunogens of one or more other staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal organisms to produce a multi-component vaccine intended to elicit an immunological response against members of the Staphylococcus genus and, optionally, one or more non-staphylococcal organisms.
  • the vaccines of the present invention can be administered in a DNA form, e.g., "naked" DNA, wherein the DNA encodes one or more staphylococcal polypeptides and, optionally, one or more polypeptides of a non-staphylococcal organism.
  • the DNA encoding one or more polypeptides may be constructed such that these polypeptides are expressed as fusion proteins.
  • the vaccines of the present invention may also be administered as a component of a genetically engineered organism or host cell.
  • a genetically engineered organism or host cell which expresses one or more S. aureus polypeptides may be administered to an animal.
  • such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may contain one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention intracellularly, on its cell surface, or in its periplasmic space.
  • a genetically engineered organism or host cell may secrete one or more S. aureus polypeptides.
  • the vaccines of the present invention may also be co-administered to an animal with an immune system modulator (e.g., CD86 and GM-CSF).
  • an immune system modulator e.g., CD86 and GM-CSF
  • the invention also provides a method of inducing an immunological response in an animal to one or more members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably one or more isolates of the S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a vaccine as described above.
  • the invention further provides a method of inducing a protective immune response in an animal, sufficient to prevent, attenuate, or control an infection by members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably at least S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a composition comprising one or more of the polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1 , or fragments thereof. Further, these polypeptides, or fragments thereof, may be conjugated to another immunogen and/or administered in admixture with an adjuvant.
  • the invention further relates to antibodies elicited in an animal by the administration of one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
  • the invention further relates to recombinant antibodies and fragments thereof and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
  • the invention also provides diagnostic methods for detecting the expression of the polynucleotides of Table 1 by members of the Staphylococcus genus in an animal.
  • One such method involves assaying for the expression of a polynucleotide encoding S. aureus polypeptides in a sample from an animal. This expression may be assayed either directly (e.g., by assaying polypeptide levels using antibodies elicited in response to amino acid sequences described in Table 1) or indirectly (e.g., by assaying for antibodies having specificity for amino acid sequences described in Table 1).
  • the expression of polynucleotides can also be assayed by detecting the nucleic acids of Table 1.
  • An example of such a method involves the use of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify and detect Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the present invention also relates to nucleic acid probes having all or part of a nucleotide sequence described in Table 1 (odd SEQ ID NOs) which are capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to Staphylococcus nucleic acids.
  • the invention further relates to a method of detecting one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal, said one or more nucleic acids encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides, comprising: (a) contacting the sample with one or more of the above-described nucleic acid probes, under conditions such that hybridization occurs, and (b) detecting hybridization of said one or more probes to the Staphylococcus nucleic acid present in the biological sample.
  • the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l was determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTEFS71 and BTEJE39.
  • the nucleotide sequence contains an open reading frame encoding the femX polypeptide comprising 414 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:2), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 164-166, and a predicted molecular weight of about 49.1kDa.
  • the femX polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in formation of peptidoglycan cross bridges, including the conserved cysteine pattern characteristic of the epr and fem family of genes.
  • the S. aureus femX polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with amino acid sequences of the epr (M. Sugai, et al. (1997) J. Bacteriol. 179(13):4311-4318) and fem A and fem B proteins from Staphlococcus species (A. M. Stranden et al., (1997) J. Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16; G.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function.
  • Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat antibiotic resistant S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species.
  • Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the formation of peptidoglycan cross bridges. More specifically, the synthesis of glycines 1-5 of peptidoglycan cross bridges can be measured as exemplified by A. M. Stranden et al. (1997) J. Bacteriol 179(1):9-16 (incorporated herein in its entirety). Antagonists of femX would act to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation.
  • femX polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus femX for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis.
  • femX polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for femX polynucleotides.
  • Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention. FEATURES OF FURA, FURB, AND FURC POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES.
  • the nucleotide sequences for furA, furB, and furC were determined by sequencing the S. aureus clones BTEJQ50 (SEQ ID NO:3), BTALE70 (SEQ ID NO:5) , and BTEBP80 and BTEFD68 (collectively SEQ ID NO:7).
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 contains an open reading frame encoding the furA polypeptide comprising 136 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:4), including an initiation codon encoding an
  • N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103 N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 15.9kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:5 contains an open reading frame encoding the furB polypeptide comprising 148 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:6), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 17.2kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 contains an open reading frame encoding the furC polypeptide comprising 149 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:8), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 101- 103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 17.2kDa.
  • the fur (ferric uptake regulator) polypeptides (furA, furB, and furC) of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in iron regulation.
  • the S. aureus furA polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of a fur gene from Staphylococcus epidermidis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe236389). See C. Heidrich et al. (1996) FEMS Micro. Letts. 140:253-259.
  • aureus furB polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of a fur family gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe281583). See N.J Cummings et al. (1997) Microbiology 143:1855-
  • S. aureus furC polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of another fur family gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 185621). See F. Kunststoff et al. (1997) Nature 390:249-256.
  • the fur polypeptides of the present invention also share identity among themselves as well as other fur and fur-like genes from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession numbers gnllPIDIel 185777), Streptococcus pyogenes (GenBank accession number gill667516), Neisseria meningitidis (GenBank accession number gil433299), Neisseria gonorrheae (GenBank accession number gil349012), Camplyobacter upsaliensis (GenBank accession number gill228779), Camplyobacter jejuni (GenBank accession number gil511113) Mycobacterium tuberculosis (GenBank accession numbergnllPIDIe315163), and other bacteria species. Identities were compared using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al, (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410).
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function.
  • Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat infections of S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species.
  • Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of iron.
  • fur polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus furA, furB, and furC for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphlyococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphlyococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis, fur polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular fur polynucleotide. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the nucleotide sequences for fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG were determined by sequencing the S. aureus clones BTEDA22 and BTEDV18 (SEQ ID NO:9), BTEBG73 and BTAJO70 (SEQ ID NO:l 1) , and BTEBU53 and BTEFB55 (SEQ ID NO:13), respectively.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 contains an open reading frame encoding the fmtB polypeptide comprising 498 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 10), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 56.4kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11 contains an open reading frame encoding the pbpF polypeptide comprising 691 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 12), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 101- 103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 77.2kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13 contains an open reading frame encoding the pbpG polypeptide comprising 301 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 14), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 34.5kDa.
  • the fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known penicillin-biding proteins among several species.
  • the S. aureus fmtB polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 10 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of a penicillin-binding protein gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 185286). See F. Kunststoff et al. (1997) Nature 390:249-256.
  • fmtB also shares sequence identity with another Staphylococcus aureus polypeptide associated with antibiotic resistance (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIdl024918). See H. Komatsuzawa et al. (1997) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 41:2355-2361.
  • the S. aureus pbpF polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 12 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of penicillin-binding genes from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 181903 and gnllPIDIel 185767) and Streptococcus thermophilus (GenBank accession number gil643510).
  • the S. aureus pbpG polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of penicillin-binding genes from Pseudomonas syringae (GenBank accession number gil551940). See E. Roine et al.
  • the strong homology among the S. aureus fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention and penicillin-binding proteins from other bacteria species indicates that fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG are involved cell wall synthesis and in ⁇ -lactam resistence in S. aureus.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are therefore useful for making compounds that inhibit their function for use as antibiotics.
  • Inhibitors of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of antibiotics or by cell wall synthesis assays using methods known in the art.
  • fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus fmtB, pbpF, or pbpG for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphlyococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphlyococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis.
  • fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular fmtB, pbpF, or pbpG polynucleotide.
  • Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the nucleotide sequences for cbrA (SEQ ID NO: 15), cbrB (SEQ ID NO: 17), and cbrC ( SEQ ID NO: 19) comprise a single operon and were determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTACA44 and BTAGJ54 which span the operon.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrA polypeptide comprising 330 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 16), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 7-9, and a predicted molecular weight of about 36.8kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrB polypeptide comprising 331 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 18), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 19- 21, and a predicted molecular weight of about 35.5kDa.
  • the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrC polypeptide comprising 332 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:20), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 91-93, and a predicted molecular weight of about 35.7kDa.
  • the cbr polypeptides (cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC) of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in iron regulation.
  • the S. aureus cbrA (SEQ ID NO: 16), cbrB (SEQ ED NO: 18), and cbrC ( SEQ ID NO:20) polypeptides were found to share local sequence identity among themselves and with the amino acid sequence of a cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC genes from Erwinia chrysanthemi (GenBank accession numbers gil809541, gil809542, and gil809541 respectively). See B. Mahe et al. (1995) Mol.
  • the cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC polypeptides of the present invention also share sequence identity and with iron regulatory genes of other bacterial species including Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 182834, gnllPIDIel 182835, and gnllPIDIel 182836). See F. Kunststoff et al. (1997) Nature 390:249- 256 and Bacillus intermedius (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe245932). Identities were compared using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al, (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410).
  • the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function.
  • Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat infections of S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species.
  • Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of iron.
  • Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S.
  • aurues in immunoassays as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphylococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphylococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis.
  • S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular S. aureus polynucleotide.
  • Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:21 was determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTAAI44 and BTAGE12.
  • the nucleotide sequence contains an open reading frame encoding the enolase polypeptide comprising 434 amino acid residues (SEQ ED NO:22), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 103-105, and a predicted molecular weight of about 47.1 kDa.
  • the enolase polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence identity homology to known enolase genes from other bacterial species.
  • the S. aureus enoalse polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 shares local sequence identity with amino acid sequences of the enolase genes from other bacterial species including Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession numbers gil460259 and gnllPIDIel 186078), Spongilla sp.
  • the S. aureus enoalse protein of the present invention was identified as a molecule involved in laminin (LN)/laminin receptor (LNRec) interactions.
  • LN laminin
  • LNRec laminin receptor
  • aureus enoalse gene of the present invention was cloned by first generating monoclonal antibodies against the LNRec molecule and using the antibodies to subsequently isolated the LNRec molecule.
  • the LNRec molecule was purified and partially sequenced. Partial amino acid sequence analysis was used to clone and isolate the S. aureus enoalse gene of the present invention.
  • a characteristic feature of infection by S. aureus is bloodstream invasion and widespread metastatic abscess formation.
  • the S. aureus enolase polypeptides of the present invention therefore represent a target for both vaccines and antibiotics.
  • Antibiotics of the present invention include peptides, polypeptides, antibodies (and fragements thereof), small molecules, and other drugs that bind the S. aureus enolase polypeptides of the present invention, or enolase associated molecules, and prevent binding of S. aureus to laminin.
  • the blocking molecules of the present invention may act by directly blocking the binding of enolase polypeptides to laminin or enolase associated molecules to laminin.
  • Assays for measuring the binding of molecules to enolase polypeptides or enolase associated molecules; assays for measuring the binding of S. aureus to laminin; and assays for measuring the metastatic acitivity of S. aureus include those described and referenced in Lopes et al. (1985) Science 229:275-277, described and referenced in Brentani (1989) Oncogenesis 1:247-260, known in the art, and disclosed herein.
  • the structural homology and identity between the enolase polypeptides of S. aureus and those of other bacterial species indicates that the enolase polypeptides of S. aureus share the same function as the enolase polypeptides from other bacterial enolase polypeptides, including those described by Babbitt et al. (1996) Biochemistry 35:16489- 16501.
  • the enolase polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to produce mutant S. aureus enolase genes, polypeptides, and mutant S. aureus strains for use as vaccines and to induce an immune response in humans and other animals by using the methods described in U.S. Patent NOS 5,703,219 and 5,703,219.
  • enolase polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aureus in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specifically bind S. aureus enolase for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other
  • Staphylococcus species and as vaccines against S. aureus and other Staphylococcus species as discussed above.
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis, enolase polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for enolase polynucleotides. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the present invention relates to recombinant S. aureus nucleic acids and fragments thereof.
  • the present invention further relates to recombinant S. aureus polypeptides and fragments thereof.
  • the invention also relates to methods for using these polypeptides to produce immunological responses and to confer immunological protection to disease caused by members of the genus Staphylococcus, at least isolates of the S. aureus genus.
  • the invention further relates to nucleic acid sequences which encode antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and to methods for detecting S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides in biological samples.
  • the invention also relates to antibodies specific for the polypeptides and peptides of the present invention and methods for detecting such antibodies produced in a host animal.
  • pathogenic agent means an agent which causes a disease state or affliction in an animal. Included within this definition, for examples, are bacteria, protozoans, fungi, viruses and metazoan parasites which either produce a disease state or render an animal infected with such an organism susceptible to a disease state (e.g., a secondary infection). Further included are species and strains of the genus Staphylococcus which produce disease states in animals.
  • the term "organism” means any living biological system, including viruses, regardless of whether it is a pathogenic agent.
  • Staphylococcus means any species or strain of bacteria which is members of the genus Staphylococcus. Such species and strains are known to . those of skill in the art, and include those that are pathogenic and those that are not.
  • one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention means polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequence of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 (even SEQ ID NOs). These polypeptides may be expressed as fusion proteins wherein the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention are linked to additional amino acid sequences which may be of staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal origin. This phrase further includes polypeptide comprising fragments of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. Additional definitions are provided throughout the specification.
  • Table 1 shows the nucleotide sequence of 11 genes from S. aureus and the sequence of the polypeptides they encode.
  • the table lists the name of the S. aureus gene, followed by a sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:), and the gene's nucleotide or polypeptide sequence.
  • the table also lists the plasmid clones comprising the nucleotide sequences. The actual nucleotide or amino acid sequence of each gene is also shown in the Sequence Listing under the corresponding SEQ ID NO.
  • Table 2 lists residues comprising antigenic epitopes of antigenic epitope-bearing fragments present in each of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 as predicted by the inventors using the algorithm of Jameson and Wolf, (1988) Comp. Appl. Biosci. 4:181-186.
  • the Jameson- Wolf antigenic analysis was performed using the computer program PROTEAN (Version 3.11 for the Power Macintosh, DNASTAR, Inc., 1228
  • Each S. aureus polypeptide shown in Table 1 has one or more antigenic epitopes comprising residues described in Table 2. It will be appreciated that depending on the analytical criteria used to predict antigenic determinants, the exact address of the determinant may vary slightly.
  • the residues and locations shown described in Table 2 correspond to the amino acid sequences for each gene shown in Table 1 and in the Sequence Listing.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more conservative amino acid substitutions from natural mutations or human manipulation as indicated in Table 3. Changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein. Residues from the following groups, as indicated in Table 3, may be substituted for one another: Aromatic, Hydrophobic, Polar, Basic, Acidic, and Small.
  • S. aureus genomic DNA was obtained from the S. aureus strain ISP3.
  • S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited at the American Type Culture Collection, as a convenience to those of skill in the art.
  • the S. aureus strain ISP3 was deposited on 7 April 1998 at the ATCC, 10801 University Boulevard. Manassas, VA 20110-2209, and given accession number 202108.
  • polynucleotides of the present invention readily may be obtained by routine application of well known and standard procedures for cloning and sequencing DNA. Detailed methods for obtaining libraries and for sequencing are provided below, for instance.
  • Staphylococcus aureus strains that can be used to prepare S aureus genomic DNA for cloning and for obtaining polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention.
  • a wide variety of Staphylococcus aureus strains are available to the public from recognized depository institutions, such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). It is recognized that minor variation is the nucleic acid and amino acid sequence may be expected from S aureus strain to strain.
  • the present invention provides for genes, including both polynucleotides and polypeptides, of the present invention from all the Staphylococcus aureus strains.
  • femX, furA-C, fmtB, pbpG and -F, and CbrA-C genes from all Staphylococcus aureus strains are included in the present invention. Unless otherwise indicated, all nucleotide sequences determined by sequencing a
  • DNA molecule herein were determined using an automated DNA sequencer (such as the Model 373 from Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA), and all amino acid sequences of polypeptides encoded by DNA molecules determined herein were predicted by translation of a DNA sequence determined as above. Therefore, as is known in the art for any DNA sequence determined by this automated approach, any nucleotide sequence determined herein may contain some errors. Nucleotide sequences determined by automation are typically at least about 90% identical, more typically at least about 95% to at least about 99.9% identical to the actual nucleotide sequence of the sequenced DNA molecule. The actual sequence can be more precisely determined by other approaches including manual DNA sequencing methods well known in the art.
  • nucleotide sequence of a nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide is intended to mean either a DNA or RNA sequence.
  • aureus polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures, such as those for cloning DNAs using genomic DNA as starting material. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989).
  • AATTTAAAAAGGGTTTTAATGCACATGTTGAAGAATTAATTGGTGATTTCATCA AACCAGTAAGACCAATTCTATATAAATTTGCAAAACTTATTTATAAGGTTTAATT ATAAAGTATGTTGGAAATTGAAATTTTAAATTCTTTCCAACATACTTTTCACTTT TTAAG
  • furA nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) clone: BTEJQ50
  • furC amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8) clones: BTEBP80 and BTEFD68
  • cbrB nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:17) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
  • cbrB amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 18) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
  • cbrC nucleotide sequence (SEQ ED NO:19) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
  • cbrC amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:20) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
  • DLIGRTLFLPKEVPAGVFIAAFGAPFFIYLLLTVKKL enolase nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:21) clones: BTAAI44 and BTAGE12
  • nucleic acid molecule described in Table 1 was discovered in a DNA library derived from a S. aureus ISP3 genomic DNA.
  • Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance, DNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced synthetically.
  • the DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded.
  • Single-stranded DNA or RNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
  • isolated polynucleotide sequence is intended a nucleic acid molecule, DNA or RNA, which has been removed from its native environment. This includes segments of DNA comprising the S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention isolated from the native chromosome. These fragments include both isolated fragments consisting only of S. aureus DNA and fragments comprising heterologous sequences such as vector sequences or other foreign DNA. For example, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector are considered isolated for the purposes of the present invention which may be partially or substantially purified. Further examples of isolated DNA molecules include recombinant DNA molecules introduced and maintained in heterologous host cells or purified (partially or substantially) DNA molecules in solution.
  • Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts of the DNA molecules of the present invention.
  • Isolated nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention further include such molecules produced synthetically which may be partially or substantially purified.
  • isolated does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell mRNA preparations, genomic DNA digests (including those gel separated by electrophoresis), sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of the polynucleotides sequences of the present invention.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention include DNA molecules which comprise a sequence substantially different from those described above but which, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, still encode a S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention (e.g. polypeptides of Table 1). That is, all possible DNA sequences that encode the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the invention further provides isolated nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 or a nucleic acid molecule having a sequence complementary to one of the above sequences.
  • isolated molecules particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological sample, for instance, by PCR or Northern blot analysis.
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention are less than 300kb, 200kb, lOOkb, 50kb, 10,kb, 7.5kb, 5kb, 2.5kb, and lkb.
  • the present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules encoding portions or fragments of the polynucleotide sequences described herein, e.g., shown in the Tables, sequence listing, or contained in the deposited clones.
  • Uses for the polynucleotide fragments of the present invention include probes, primers, molecular weight, markers and for expressing the polypeptide fragments of the present invention.
  • Fragments include portions of the polynucleotide sequences, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length selected from any two integers, one of which representing a 5' nucleotide position and a second of which representing a 3' nucleotide position, where the first , or 5' most, nucleotide for each disclosed polynucleotide sequence is position 1. That is, every combination of a 5' and 3' nucleotide position that a fragment at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length could occupy is included in the invention as an individual specie. "At least" means a fragment may be 10 contiguous nucleotide bases in length or any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1.
  • the polynucleotide fragments specified by 5' and 3' positions can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specifications. Although it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species are included in the present invention.
  • the invention includes polynucleotides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in nucleotides, rather than by nucleotide positions.
  • the invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous nucleotides, selected from integers between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1 (where 1 is the first, or 5' most, nucleotide for each disclosed polynucleotide sequence).
  • Preferred sizes of contiguous nucleotide fragments include 20 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 60 nucleotides, 70 nucleotides, 80 nucleotides, 90 nucleotides, 100 nucleotides, 125 nucleotides, 150 nucleotides, 175 nucleotides, 200 nucleotides, 250 nucleotides, 300 nucleotides, 350 nucleotides, 400 nucleotides, 450 nucleotides, 500 nucleotides, 550 nucleotides, 600 nucleotides, 650 nucleotides, 700 nucleotides, 750 nucleotides, 800 nucleotides, 850 nucleotides, 900 nucleotides, 950 nucleotides, 1000 nucleotides.
  • fragments 50-300 nucleotides in length which include, as discussed above, fragment sizes representing each integer between 50- 300. Larger fragments are also useful according to the present invention corresponding to most, if not all, of the polynucleotide sequences of the sequence listing or deposited clones.
  • the preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify not limit the present invention as all size fragments, representing any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1 of the sequence listing or deposited clones, are included in the invention.
  • Additional preferred nucleic acid fragments of the present invention include nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides.
  • polynucleotide fragments specified in contiguous nucleotides, can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification.
  • the present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragment, specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotide bases as described above for any nucleotide sequence of the sequence listing or deposited clones. Any number of fragments of nucleotide sequences specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotides, as described above, may be excluded from the present invention.
  • the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a portion of a polynucleotide in a nucleic acid molecules of the invention described above, for instance, nucleotide sequences of Table 1 or the S. aureus sequences of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1.
  • stringent hybridization conditions is intended overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising: 50% formamide, 5x SSC (150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C.
  • a polynucleotide which hybridizes to a "portion" of a polynucleotide is intended a polynucleotide (either DNA or RNA) hybridizing to at least about 15 nucleotides bases, and more preferably at least about 20 nucleotides bases, still more preferably at least about 30 nucleotides bases, and even more preferably about 30-70 (e.g., 50) nucleotides bases of the reference polynucleotide. These are useful as diagnostic probes and primers as discussed above.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention which encode a S.
  • aureus polypeptide may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding: the full length 5. aureus polypeptide of Table 1, the full length polypeptide expressed by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, and portions of the S aureus polypeptides of Table 1 and the polypeptides expressed by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1. Also included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and further comprise additional sequences, such as those encoding an added secretory leader sequence, such as a pre-, or pro- or prepro- protein sequence. Further included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and portions thereof and further comprise additional heterologous amino acid sequences encoded by nucleic acid sequences from a different source.
  • nucleic acids encoding the above protein sequences together with additional, non-coding sequences, including for example, but not limited to non-coding 5' and 3' sequences. These sequences include transcribed, non-translated sequences that may play a role in transcription, and mRNA processing, for example, ribosome binding and stability of mRNA. Also included in the present invention are additional coding sequences which provide additional functionalities. Thus, a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide may be fused to a marker sequence, such as a sequence encoding a peptide which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide.
  • the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available.
  • hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. See Gentz et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86:821- 24.
  • the "HA" tag is another peptide useful for purification which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein. See Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 37:767.
  • other such fusion proteins include the S. aureus fused to Fc at the N- or C-terminus.
  • the present invention further relates to variants of the nucleic acid molecules which encode portions, analogs or derivatives of a S. aureus polypeptides of Table 1, or encoded by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, and variant polypeptides thereof including portions, analogs, and derivatives of the S. aureus polypeptides.
  • Variants may occur naturally, such as a natural allelic variant.
  • allelic variant is intended one of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. See, e.g., B. Lewin, Genes IV (1990).
  • Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using art-known mutagenesis techniques.
  • nucleic acid variants include those produced by nucleotide substitutions, deletions, or additions.
  • the substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more nucleotides.
  • the variants may be altered in coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
  • Such polypeptide variants include those produced by amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more residues.
  • Alterations may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a 5. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
  • the present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells and for using them for production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
  • the present application is directed to nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 or to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1.
  • the above nucleic acid sequences are included irrespective of whether they encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity. This is because even where a particular nucleic acid molecule does not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the nucleic acid molecule, for instance, as a hybridization probe. Uses of the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention that do not encode a polypeptide having S.
  • aureus activity include, inter alia, isolating an S. aureus gene or allelic variants thereof from a DNA library, and detecting S. aureus mRNA expression samples, environmental samples, suspected of containing 5. aureus by Northern Blot analysis.
  • nucleic acid molecules having sequences at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 or to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, which do, in fact, encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity
  • a polypeptide having S. aureus activity is intended polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the S. aureus protein of the invention, as measured in a particular biological assay suitable for measuring activity of the specified protein.
  • nucleic acid molecules having a sequence at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 or a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 will encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity.
  • degenerate variants of these nucleotide sequences all encode the same polypeptide, this will be clear to the skilled artisan even without performing the above described comparison assay.
  • nucleic acid molecules that are not degenerate variants, a reasonable number will also encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity. This is because the skilled artisan is fully aware of amino acid substitutions that are either less likely or not likely to significantly effect protein function (e.g., replacing one aliphatic amino acid with a second aliphatic amino acid), as further described below.
  • nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotide is identical to the reference sequence except that the polynucleotide sequence may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference nucleotide sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide.
  • nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence
  • up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted, inserted, or substituted with another nucleotide.
  • the query sequence may be an entire sequence shown in Table 1, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment specified as described herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleotide sequence of the presence invention can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.
  • a preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. See Brutlag et al. (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245.
  • sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both DNA sequences.
  • An RNA sequence can be compared by first converting U's to T's.
  • the result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
  • the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a nucleotide is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment.
  • This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
  • This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only nucleotides outside the 5' and 3' nucleotides of the subject sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score.
  • a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is aligned to a 100 nucleotide query sequence to determine percent identity.
  • the deletions occur at the 5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 nucleotides at 5' end.
  • the 10 unpaired nucleotides represent 10% of the sequence (number of nucleotides at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of nucleotides in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 nucleotides were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
  • a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is compared with a 100 nucleotide query sequence. This time the deletions are internal deletions so that there are no nucleotides on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only nucleotides 5' and 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the present invention also relates to vectors which include the isolated DNA molecules of the present invention, host cells comprising the recombinant vectors, and the production of S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention expressed by the host cells.
  • Recombinant constructs may be introduced into host cells using well known techniques such as infection, transduction, transfection, transvection, electroporation and transformation.
  • the vector may be, for example, a phage, plasmid, viral or retroviral vector. Retroviral vectors may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case, viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
  • the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host.
  • a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
  • vectors comprising cis-acting control regions to the polynucleotide of interest.
  • Appropriate trafw-acting factors may be supplied by the host, supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host.
  • the vectors provide for specific expression, which may be inducible and/or cell type-specific. Particularly preferred among such vectors are those inducible by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate, such as temperature and nutrient additives.
  • Expression vectors useful in the present invention include chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors, e.g., vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
  • vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
  • the DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few.
  • an appropriate promoter such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few.
  • Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan.
  • the expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation.
  • the coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating site at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated.
  • the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker.
  • markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin, or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
  • Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
  • vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and ⁇ QE9, pQElO available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A available from Stratagene; pET series of vectors available from Novagen; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia.
  • eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia.
  • Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
  • known bacterial promoters suitable for use in the present invention include the E. coli lacl and lacZ promoters, the T3, T5 and T7 promoters, the gpt promoter, the lambda PR and PL promoters and the trp promoter.
  • Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters, such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
  • retroviral LTRs such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV)
  • metallothionein promoters such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
  • Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals (for example, Davis, et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986)).
  • Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 nucleotides that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type.
  • enhancers include the SV40 enhancer, which is located on the late side of the replication origin at nucleotides 100 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide, for example, the amino acid sequence KDEL.
  • the signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
  • the polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and may include not only secretion signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage.
  • peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide.
  • a preferred fusion protein comprises a heterologous region from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins.
  • EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of immunoglobulin molecules together with another human protein or part thereof.
  • the Fc part in a fusion protein is thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262).
  • human proteins, such as, hIL5-receptor has been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. See Bennett, D. et al.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography and high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”) is employed for purification.
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells.
  • the invention further provides an isolated S. aureus polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by a plasmid clone listed in Table 1 , or an amino acid sequence in Table 1, or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a portion of the above polypeptides.
  • S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention protein engineering may be employed.
  • Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or muteins including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins.
  • modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or increased stability.
  • they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions.
  • Interferon gamma shows up to ten times higher activities by deleting 8-10 amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of the protein See, e.g., Dobeli, et al. (1988) J. Biotechnology 7: 199-216.
  • the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues from the carboxy terminus of the amino acid sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides shown in Table 1.
  • the invention also provides polypeptides having one or more amino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxy 1 termini as described below.
  • the present invention is further directed to polynucleotide encoding portions or fragments of the amino acid sequences described herein as well as to portions or fragments of the isolated amino acid sequences described herein. Fragments include portions of the amino acid sequences of the Tables, sequence listing, and encoded by deposited cDNA clones, at least 7 contiguous amino acid in length, selected from any two integers, one of which representing a N-terminal position and another representing a C- terminal position. The first, or N-terminal most, codon of each polypeptide disclosed herein is position 1.
  • Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy, on any given amino acid sequence is included in the invention as an individual specie. At least means a fragment may be 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length amino acid sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are species of contiguous fragments specified by any N-terminal and C-terminal positions of amino acid sequence set forth in the sequence listing or encoded by the deposited cDNA clones, wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1.
  • polypeptide fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification. Althouth it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species are included in the present invention. Further, the invention includes polypeptides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in amino acid residues, rather than by N-terminal and C-terminal positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous amino acid residues, selected from integers between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1.
  • Preferred sizes of contiguous polypeptide fragments include at least 7 amino acid residues, at least 10 amino acid residues, at least 20 amino acid residues, at least 30 amino acid residues, at least 40 amino acid residues, at least 50 amino acid residues, at least 75 amino acid residues, at least 100 amino acid residues, at least 125 amino acid residues, at least 150 amino acid residues, at least 175 amino acid residues, at least 200 amino acid residues, at least 225 amino acid residues, at least 250 amino acid residues, at least 275 amino acid residues, at least 300 amino acid residues, at least 325 amino acid residues, at least 350 amino acid residues, at least 375 amino acid residues, at least 400 amino acid residues, at least 425 amino acid residues, and at least 450 amino acid residues.
  • the preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify, not limit, the present invention as all size fragments representing any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1 are included in the invention.
  • the contiguous polypeptide fragments specified by size in amino acid residues of the present invention can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification.
  • the present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above. Any number of fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above.
  • fragments need not be active since they would be useful, for example, in immunoassays, in epitope mapping, epitope tagging, to generate antibodies to a particular portion of the polypeptide, as vaccines, and as molecular weight markers.
  • polypeptide and polynucleotide fragments characterized by structural or functional domains, such as fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha- helix forming regions, beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn and turn-forming regions, coil and coil-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface-forming regions, substrate binding region, and high antigenic index regions.
  • Other preferred fragments are biologically active fragments. Biologically active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the polypeptide of the present invention. The biological activity of the fragments may include an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity.
  • the invention further includes variations of the S. aureus polypeptides which show substantial 5. aureus polypeptide activity or which include regions of S. aureus protein such as the protein portions discussed below.
  • Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and type substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as to have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided.
  • the second approach uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acid changes at specific positions of a cloned gene and selections or screens to identify sequences that maintain functionality.
  • conservative substitutions are the replacements, one for another, among the aliphatic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu and He; interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr, exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu, substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gin, exchange of the basic residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr.
  • the fragment, derivative, analog, or homolog of the polypeptide of Table 1 may be: (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code: or (ii) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group: or (iii) one in which the S.
  • aureus polypeptide is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol): or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence.
  • a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide for example, polyethylene glycol
  • additional amino acids fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions, either from natural mutations or human manipulation. As indicated, changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein (see Table 3).
  • Amino acids in the S. aureus proteins of the present invention that are essential for function can be identified by methods known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis. See, e.g., Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244:1081-1085. The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity using assays appropriate for measuring the function of the particular protein. Of special interest are substitutions of charged amino acids with other charged or neutral amino acids which may produce proteins with highly desirable improved characteristics, such as less aggregation. Aggregation may not only reduce activity but also be problematic when preparing pharmaceutical formulations, because aggregates can be immunogenic.
  • polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and preferably are substantially purified.
  • a recombinantly produced version of the S. aureus polypeptide can be substantially purified by the one-step method described by Smith et al. (1988) Gene 67:31-40.
  • Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural or recombinant sources using antibodies directed against the polypeptides of the invention in methods which are well known in the art of protein purification.
  • aureus polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 excepting the N-terminal methionine; (c) the complete amino acid sequence encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1 ; and (d) the complete amino acid sequence excepting the N-terminal methionine encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1.
  • polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 80% identical, more preferably at least 90% identical, and still more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to those described in (a), (b), (c), and (d) above.
  • Further polypeptides of the present invention include polypeptides which have at least 90% similarity, more preferably at least 95% similarity, and still more preferably at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% similarity to those described above.
  • a further embodiment of the invention relates to a polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, and not more than 20 conservative amino acid substitutions. Also provided are polypeptides which comprise the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide, having at least one, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence.
  • the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence.
  • up to 5% of the amino acid residues in the subject sequence may be inserted, deleted, (indels) or substituted with another amino acid.
  • These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
  • any particular polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to, for instance, the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1 can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.
  • a preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al., (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245.
  • a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both amino acid sequences.
  • the result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
  • the results, in percent identity must be manually corrected. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the subject sequence when calculating global percent identity.
  • the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are N- and C-terminal of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment.
  • This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
  • This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only residues to the N- and C-termini of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are considered for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. That is, only query amino acid residues outside the farthest N- and C-terminal residues of the subject sequence. For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletion occurs at the N- terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not match/align with the first 10 residues at the N-terminus.
  • the 10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of residues at the N- and C- termini not matched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
  • a 90 residue subject sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time the deletions are internal so there are no residues at the N- or C-termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
  • residue positions outside the N- and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, as displayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
  • polypeptide sequences are included irrespective of whether they have their normal biological activity. This is because even where a particular polypeptide molecule does not have biological activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the polypeptide, for instance, as a vaccine or to generate antibodies.
  • Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention that do not have S. aureus activity include, inter alia, as epitope tags, in epitope mapping, and as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can also be used to raise polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, which are useful in assays for detecting S.
  • polypeptides can be used in the yeast two-hybrid system to "capture" S. aureus protein binding proteins which are also candidate agonists and antagonists according to the present invention. See, e.g., Fields et al. (1989) Nature 340:245-246.
  • the invention provides peptides and polypeptides comprising epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • These epitopes are immunogenic or antigenic epitopes of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • An "immunogenic epitope” is defined as a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response in vivo when the whole polypeptide of the present invention, or fragment thereof, is the immunogen.
  • a region of a polypeptide to which an antibody can bind is defined as an "antigenic determinant" or "antigenic epitope.”
  • the number of in vivo immunogenic epitopes of a protein generally is less than the number of antigenic epitopes.
  • antibodies can be made to any antigenic epitope, regardless of whether it is an immunogenic epitope, by using methods such as phage display. See e.g., Petersen G. et al. (1995) Mol. Gen. Genet. 249:425-431. Therefore, included in the present invention are both immunogenic epitopes and antigenic epitopes.
  • Amino acid residues comprising other immunogenic epitopes may be routinely determined using algorithms similar to the Jameson-Wolf analysis or by in vivo testing for an antigenic response using methods known in the art. See, e.g., Gey sen et al., supra; U.S. Patents 4,708,781; 5, 194,392; 4,433,092; and 5,480,971 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). It is particularly pointed out that the described epitopic amino acid sequences comprise immunogenic epitopes. Table 2 lists only the critical residues of immunogenic epitopes determined by the Jameson-Wolf analysis.
  • the immunogenic epitopes may include additional N-terminal or C-terminal amino acid residues.
  • the additional flanking amino acid residues may be contiguous flanking N-terminal and/or C-terminal sequences from the polypeptides of the present invention, heterologous polypeptide sequences, or may include both contiguous flanking sequences from the polypeptides of the present invention and heterologous polypeptide sequences.
  • Polypeptides of the present invention comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 7 amino acids residues in length. "At least” means that a polypeptide of the present invention comprising an immunogenic or antigenic epitope may be 7 amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 amino acids and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptides of the invention. Preferred polypeptides comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 amino acid residues in length. However, it is pointed out that each and every integer between 7 and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide are included in the present invention.
  • the immuno and antigenic epitope-bearing fragments may be specified by either the number of contiguous amino acid residues, as described above, or further specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions of these fragments on the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 22. Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment of, for example, at least 7 or at ;east 15 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy on the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is included in the invention.
  • "at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length” means 7 amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 amino acids and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide of the present invention.
  • each and every integer between 7 and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide are included in the present invention.
  • Immunogenic and antigenic epitope-bearing polypeptides of the invention are useful, for example, to make antibodies which specifically bind the polypeptides of the invention, and in immunoassays to detect the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the antibodies are useful, for example, in affinity purification of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the antibodies may also routinely be used in a variety of qualitative or quantitative immunoassays, specifically for the polypeptides of the present invention using methods known in the art. See, e.g., Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; 2nd Ed. 1988).
  • epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention may be produced by any conventional means for making polypeptides including synthetic and recombinant methods known in the art.
  • epitope-bearing peptides may be synthesized using known methods of chemical synthesis.
  • Houghten has described a simple method for the synthesis of large numbers of peptides, such as 10-20 mgs of 248 individual and distinct 13 residue peptides representing single amino acid variants of a segment of the HA1 polypeptide, all of which were prepared and characterized (by ELISA-type binding studies) in less than four weeks (Houghten, R. A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985)).
  • Epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention are used to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art including, but not limited to, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods. See, e.g., Sutcliffe, et al., supra; Wilson, et al., supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354.
  • animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide antibody titer may be boosted by coupling of the peptide to a macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or tetanus toxoid.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemacyanin
  • peptides containing cysteine residues may be coupled to a carrier using a linker such as -maleimidobenzoyl- N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other peptides may be coupled to carriers using a more general linking agent such as glutaraldehyde.
  • Animals such as rabbits, rats and mice are immunized with either free or carrier-coupled peptides, for instance, by intraperitoneal and/or intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 ⁇ gs of peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant. Several booster injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody which can be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide adsorbed to a solid surface.
  • the titer of anti-peptide antibodies in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according to methods well known in the art.
  • polypeptides of the present invention comprising an immunogenic or antigenic epitope can be fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused with the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM), or portions thereof (CHI, CH2, CH3, any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof) resulting in chimeric polypeptides.
  • immunoglobulins IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM
  • CHI constant domain of immunoglobulins
  • CH2, CH3 any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof
  • the present invention further relates to antibodies and T-cell antigen receptors (TCR) which specifically bind the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the antibodies of the present invention include IgG (including IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4), IgA (including IgAl and IgA2), IgD, IgE, or IgM, and IgY.
  • antibody is meant to include whole antibodies, including single-chain whole antibodies, and antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • the antibodies are human antigen binding antibody fragments of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2, Fd, single-chain Fvs (scFv), single-chain antibodies, disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv) and fragments comprising either a V L or V H domain.
  • the antibodies may be from any animal origin including birds and mammals.
  • the antibodies are human, murine, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, camel, horse, or chicken.
  • Antigen-binding antibody fragments, including single-chain antibodies may comprise the variable region(s) alone or in combination with the entire or partial of the following: hinge region, CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains.
  • variable region(s) and hinge region CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains.
  • the present invention further includes chimeric, humanized, and human monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies which specifically bind the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the present invention further includes antibodies which are anti-idiotypic to the antibodies of the present invention.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of a polypeptide of the present invention or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as well as for heterologous compositions, such as a heterologous polypeptide or solid support material. See, e.g., WO 93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, A. et al. (1991) J. Immunol.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be described or specified in terms of the epitope(s) or portion(s) of a polypeptide of the present invention which are recognized or specifically bound by the antibody.
  • the epitope(s) or polypeptide portion(s) may be specified as described herein, e.g., by N-terminal and C-terminal positions, by size in contiguous amino acid residues, or listed in the Tables and Figures.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind any epitope or polypeptide of the present invention may also be excluded. Therefore, the present invention includes antibodies that specifically bind polypeptides of the present invention, and allows for the exclusion of the same.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their cross-reactivity.
  • Antibodies that do not bind any other analog, ortholog, or homolog of the polypeptides of the present invention are included.
  • Antibodies that do not bind polypeptides with less than 95%, less than 90%, less than 85%, less than 80%, less than 75%, less than 70%, less than 65%, less than 60%, less than 55%, and less than 50% identity (as calculated using methods known in the art and described herein) to a polypeptide of the present invention are also included in the present invention.
  • Further included in the present invention are antibodies which only bind polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides which hybridize to a polynucleotide of the present invention under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein).
  • binding affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5X10 "6 M, 10 ' ⁇ M, 5X10- 7 M, 10 "7 M, 5X10 '8 M, 10 "8 M, 5X10 ⁇ , lO 'M, 5X10-'°M, 10-'°M, 5X10-"M, 10 " "M, 5X10 'I2 M, 10 "12 M, 5X10 '13 M, 10 '13 M, 5X10 '1 M, 10-
  • Antibodies of the present invention have uses that include, but are not limited to, methods known in the art to purify, detect, and target the polypeptides of the present invention including both in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods.
  • the antibodies have use in immunoassays for qualitatively and quantitatively measuring levels of the polypeptides of the present invention in biological samples. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988) (incorporated by reference in the entirety).
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be used either alone or in combination with other compositions.
  • the antibodies may further be recombinantly fused to a heterologous polypeptide at the N- or C-terminus or chemically conjugated (including covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to polypeptides or other compositions.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be recombinantly fused or conjugated to molecules useful as labels in detection assays and effector molecules such as heterologous polypeptides, drugs, or toxins. See, e.g., WO 92/08495; WO 91/14438; WO 89/12624; US Patent 5,314,995; and EP 0 396 387.
  • the antibodies of the present invention may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art.
  • a polypeptide of the present invention or an antigenic fragment thereof can be administered to an animal in order to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma and recombinant technology. See, e.g., Harlow et al., AN ⁇ BODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed.
  • Fab and F(ab')2 fragments may be produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
  • antibodies of the present invention can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology or through synthetic chemistry using methods known in the art.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can be prepared using various phage display methods known in the art.
  • phage display methods functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of a phage particle which carries polynucleotide sequences encoding them.
  • Phage with a desired binding property are selected from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g. human or murine) by selecting directly with antigen, typically antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead.
  • Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and Ml 3 with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein.
  • Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman U. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50; Ames, R.S. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186; Kettleborough, CA. et al. (1994) Eur. J. Immunol. 24:952-958; Persic, L. et al.
  • the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies, including human antibodies, or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria.
  • techniques to recombinantly produce Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2 fragments can also be employed using methods known in the art such as those disclosed in WO 92/22324; Mullinax, R.L. et al. (1992) BioTechniques 12(6):864-869; and Sawai, H. et al. (1995) AJRI 34:26-34; and Better, M. et al. (1988) Science 240:1041-1043 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
  • Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques including CDR-grafting (EP 0 239 400; WO 91/09967; US Patent 5,530,101 ; and 5,585,089), veneering or resurfacing (EP 0 592 106; EP 0 519 596; Padlan E.A., (1991) Molecular Immunology 28(4/5) :489-498; Studnicka G.M. et al.
  • antibodies recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to a polypeptide of the present invention may be specific for antigens other than polypeptides of the present invention.
  • antibodies may be used to target the polypeptides of the present invention to particular cell types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to antibodies specific for particular cell surface receptors.
  • Antibodies fused or conjugated to the polypeptides of the present invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and purification methods using methods known in the art. See e.g., Harbor et al.
  • the present invention further includes compositions comprising the polypeptides of the present invention fused or conjugated to antibody domains other than the variable regions.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof.
  • the antibody portion fused to a polypeptide of the present invention may comprise the hinge region, CHI domain, CH2 domain, and CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to increase the in vivo half life of the polypeptides or for use in immunoassays using methods known in the art.
  • the polypeptides may also be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to form multimers.
  • Fc portions fused to the polypeptides of the present invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions. Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM.
  • the invention further relates to antibodies which act as agonists or antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes antibodies which disrupt the receptor/ligand interactions with the polypeptides of the invention either partially or fully. Included are both receptor-specific antibodies and ligand-specific antibodies. Included are receptor-specific antibodies which do not prevent ligand binding but prevent receptor activation. Receptor activation (i.e., signaling) may be determined by techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art. Also include are receptor-specific antibodies which both prevent ligand binding and receptor activation.
  • neutralizing antibodies which bind the ligand and prevent binding of the ligand to the receptor, as well as antibodies which bind the ligand, thereby preventing receptor activation, but do not prevent the ligand from binding the receptor.
  • antibodies which activate the receptor may act as agonists for either all or less than all of the biological activities affected by ligand-mediated receptor activation.
  • the antibodies may be specified as agonists or antagonists for biological activities comprising specific activities disclosed herein.
  • the above antibody agonists can be made using methods known in the art. See e.g., WO 96/40281 ; US Patent 5,811,097; Deng, B. et al. (1998) Blood 92(6):1981-1988; Chen, Z.
  • the present invention further relates to methods for assaying staphylococcal infection in an animal by detecting the expression of genes encoding staphylococcal polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the methods comprise analyzing tissue or body fluid from the animal for Staphylococcus-sipecific antibodies, nucleic acids, or proteins. Analysis of nucleic acid specific to Staphylococcus is assayed by PCR or hybridization techniques using nucleic acid sequences of the present invention as either hybridization probes or primers. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed., 1989, page 54 reference); Eremeeva et al. (1994) J. Clin.
  • Microbiol. 32:803-810 describing differentiation among spotted fever group Rickettsiae species by analysis of restriction fragment length polymorphism of PCR-amplified DNA
  • Chen et al. 1994 J. Clin. Microbiol. 32:589-595 detecting B. burgdorferi nucleic acids via PCR.
  • the present invention is useful for monitoring progression or regression of the disease state whereby patients exhibiting enhanced Staphylococcus gene expression will experience a worse clinical outcome relative to patients expressing these gene(s) at a lower level.
  • biological sample any biological sample obtained from an animal, cell line, tissue culture, or other source which contains Staphylococcus polypeptide, mRNA, or DNA.
  • Biological samples include body fluids (such as saliva, blood, plasma, urine, mucus, synovial fluid, etc.) tissues (such as muscle, skin, and cartilage) and any other biological source suspected of containing Staphylococcus polypeptides or nucleic acids. Methods for obtaining biological samples such as tissue are well known in the art.
  • the present invention is useful for detecting diseases related to Staphylococcus infections in animals.
  • Preferred animals include monkeys, apes, cats, dogs, birds, cows, pigs, mice, horses, rabbits and humans. Particularly preferred are humans.
  • Total RNA can be isolated from a biological sample using any suitable technique such as the single-step guanidinium-thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform method described in Chomczynski et al. (1987) Anal. Biochem. 162: 156-159.
  • mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides having sufficient homology to the nucleic acid sequences identified in Table 1 to allow for hybridization between complementary sequences are then assayed using any appropriate method. These include Northern blot analysis, S 1 nuclease mapping, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), and reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain reaction (RT-LCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-PCR reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-LCR reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain reaction
  • RNA is prepared from a biological sample as described above.
  • an appropriate buffer such as glyoxal/dimethyl sulfoxide/sodium phosphate buffer
  • the filter is prehybridized in a solution containing formamide, SSC, Denhardt's solution, denatured salmon sperm, SDS, and sodium phosphate buffer.
  • aureus polypeptide DNA sequence shown in Table 1 labeled according to any appropriate method such as the 32 P-multiprimed DNA labeling system (Amersham) is used as probe. After hybridization overnight, the filter is washed and exposed to x-ray film.
  • DNA for use as probe according to the present invention is described in the sections above and will preferably at least 15 nucleotides in length.
  • SI mapping can be performed as described in Fujita et al. (1987) Cell 49:357-367. To prepare probe DNA for use in SI mapping, the sense strand of an above-described S. aureus DNA sequence of the present invention is used as a template to synthesize labeled antisense DNA.
  • the antisense DNA can then be digested using an appropriate restriction endonuclease to generate further DNA probes of a desired length.
  • Such antisense probes are useful for visualizing protected bands corresponding to the target mRNA (i.e., mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides).
  • RNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides are assayed, for e.g., using the RT-PCR method described in Makino et al. (1990) Technique 2:295-301.
  • the radioactivities of the "amplicons" in the polyacrylamide gel bands are linearly related to the initial concentration of the target mRNA. Briefly, this method involves adding total RNA isolated from a biological sample in a reaction mixture containing a RT primer and appropriate buffer. After incubating for primer annealing, the mixture can be supplemented with a RT buffer, dNTPs, DTT, RNase inhibitor and reverse transcriptase.
  • the RT products are then subject to PCR using labeled primers.
  • a labeled dNTP can be included in the PCR reaction mixture.
  • PCR amplification can be performed in a DNA thermal cycler according to conventional techniques. After a suitable number of rounds to achieve amplification, the PCR reaction mixture is electrophoresed on a polyacrylamide gel. After drying the gel, the radioactivity of the appropriate bands (corresponding to the mRNA encoding the Staphylococcus polypeptides of the present invention) are quantified using an imaging analyzer.
  • RT and PCR reaction ingredients and conditions, reagent and gel concentrations, and labeling methods are well known in the art.
  • PCR PRIMER A LABORATORY MANUAL (C.W. Dieffenbach et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press, 1995).
  • the polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect polynucleotides of the present invention or Staphylococcal species including S. aureus using bio-chip technology.
  • the present invention includes both high density chip arrays (>1000 oligonucleotides per cm 2 ) and low density chip arrays ( ⁇ 1000 oligonucleotides per cm 2 ).
  • Bio-chips comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcal infection.
  • the bio-chips of the present invention may comprise polynucleotide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polynucleotide sequences, in addition to the polynucleotide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
  • the bio-chips can also be used to monitor an 5. aureus or other Staphylococcal infections and to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory.
  • the bio-chip technology comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of genes, including those of the present invention.
  • bio-chips of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds which bind to the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the bio- chips may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds to the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the polynucleotides used to comprise a selected array may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e., by their 5' and 3' positions or length in contiguous base pairs and include from.
  • Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, using bio-chip technology include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent NOs: 5324633, 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5527681, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, 5658732 and World Patent Nos. WO/9710365, WO/9511995, WO/9743447, WO/9535505, each incorporated herein in their entireties. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect, diagnose, and monitor S.
  • Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect particular polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory.
  • the biosensors of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds which bind to the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • the biosensors may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules, and other drug compounds to the polynucleotides of the present invention.
  • Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, using biosensors include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent NOs 5721102, 5658732, 5631170, and World Patent Nos. WO/9735011, WO/9720203, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
  • the present invention includes both bio-chips and biosensors comprising polynucleotides of the present invention and methods of their use.
  • Assaying Staphylococcus polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using any art-known method, such as antibody-based techniques.
  • Staphylococcus polypeptide expression in tissues can be studied with classical immunohistological methods.
  • the specific recognition is provided by the primary antibody (polyclonal or monoclonal) but the secondary detection system can utilize fluorescent, enzyme, or other conjugated secondary antibodies.
  • an immunohistological staining of tissue section for pathological examination is obtained.
  • Tissues can also be extracted, e.g., with urea and neutral detergent, for the liberation of Staphylococcus polypeptides for Western-blot or dot/slot assay.
  • urea and neutral detergent for the liberation of Staphylococcus polypeptides for Western-blot or dot/slot assay.
  • quantitation of a Staphylococcus polypeptide can be accomplished using an isolated Staphylococcus polypeptide as a standard. This technique can also be applied to body fluids.
  • Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific monoclonal antibodies can be used both as an immunoabsorbent and as an enzyme-labeled probe to detect and quantify a Staphylococcus polypeptide.
  • the amount of a Staphylococcus polypeptide present in the sample can be calculated by reference to the amount present in a standard preparation using a linear regression computer algorithm.
  • ELISA is described in Iacobelli et al. (1988) Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 11 :19-30.
  • two distinct specific monoclonal antibodies can be used to detect Staphylococcus polypeptides in a body fluid.
  • one of the antibodies is used as the immunoabsorbent and the other as the enzyme-labeled probe.
  • the above techniques may be conducted essentially as a “one-step” or “two-step” assay.
  • the “one-step” assay involves contacting the Staphylococcus polypeptide with immobilized antibody and, without washing, contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody.
  • the "two-step” assay involves washing before contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody.
  • Other conventional methods may also be employed as suitable.
  • Suitable enzyme labels include, for example, those from the oxidase group, which catalyze the production of hydrogen peroxide by reacting with substrate.
  • Glucose oxidase is particularly preferred as it has good stability and its substrate (glucose) is readily available.
  • Activity of an oxidase label may be assayed by measuring the concentration of hydrogen peroxide formed by the enzyme-labeled antibody/substrate reaction.
  • radioisotopes such as iodine ( 125 I, 121 I), carbon ( 14 C), sulphur ( 35 S), tritium ( 3 H), indium ( U2 In), and technetium ( 99 ⁇ Tc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • fluorescent labels such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
  • suitable enzyme labels include malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast-alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerol phosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase, and acetylcholine esterase.
  • radioisotopic labels examples include 3 H, "'In, 125 I, 13I I, 32 P, 35 S, ,4 C, 51 Cr, 57 To, 58 Co, 59 Fe, 75 Se, 152 Eu, 90 Y, 67 Cu, 217 Ci, 2,1 At, 2,2 Pb, 47 Sc, 109 Pd, etc.
  • "'In is a preferred isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the l25 I or 131 I-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver.
  • this radionucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging. See, e.g., Perkins et al. (1985) Eur. J.
  • non-radioactive isotopic labels examples include ⁇ 7 Gd, 55 Mn, 162 Dy, 52 Tr, and 56 Fe.
  • fluorescent labels examples include an 152 Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
  • Suitable toxin labels include, Pseudomonas toxin, diphtheria toxin, ricin, and cholera toxin.
  • chemiluminescent labels include a luminal label, an isoluminal label, an aromatic acridinium ester label, an imidazole label, an acridinium salt label, an oxalate ester label, a luciferin label, a luciferase label, and an aequorin label.
  • nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and iron.
  • heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and iron.
  • Typical techniques for binding the above-described labels to antibodies are provided by Kennedy et al. (1976) Clin. Chim. Acta 70:1-31, and Schurs et al. (1977) Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1-40. Coupling techniques mentioned in the latter are the glutaraldehyde method, the periodate method, the dimaleimide method, the m-maleimidobenzyl-N-hydroxy-succinimide ester method, all of which methods are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the invention includes a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antibodies specific against 5. aureus infection.
  • a kit may include an isolated S. aureus antigen comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at least one anti-5. aureus antibody.
  • Such a kit also includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the antigen.
  • the kit may include a recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized peptide or polypeptide antigen. The peptide or polypeptide antigen may be attached to a solid support.
  • the detecting means of the above-described kit includes a solid support to which said peptide or polypeptide antigen is attached.
  • a kit may also include a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody.
  • binding of the antibody to the S. aureus antigen can be detected by binding of the reporter labeled antibody to the anti-5. aureus polypeptide antibody.
  • the invention includes a method of detecting S. aureus infection in a subject.
  • This detection method includes reacting a body fluid, preferably serum, from the subject with an isolated S. aureus antigen, and examining the antigen for the presence of bound antibody.
  • the method includes a polypeptide antigen attached to a solid support, and serum is reacted with the support. Subsequently, the support is reacted with a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. The support is then examined for the presence of reporter-labeled antibody.
  • the solid surface reagent employed in the above assays and kits is prepared by known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96-well plates or filter material.
  • attachment methods generally include non-specific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent attachment of the protein , typically through a free amine group, to a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group.
  • streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with biotinylated antigen(s).
  • the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcal species including S. aureus using bio-chip and biosensor technology.
  • Bio-chip and biosensors of the present invention may comprise the polypeptides of the present invention to detect antibodies, which specifically recognize Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus.
  • Bio-chip and biosensors of the present invention may also comprise antibodies which specifically recognize the polypeptides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus or specific polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Bio-chips or biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcal species, including S.
  • the present invention includes both bio-chips and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention and methods of their use.
  • the bio-chips of the present invention may further comprise polypeptide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
  • the bio-chips of the present invention may further comprise antibodies or fragments thereof specific for other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the antibodies or fragments thereof of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
  • the bio-chips and biosensors of the present invention may also be used to monitor an S.
  • bio-chip and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of polypeptides, including those of the present invention.
  • bio-chips and biosensors of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules, and other drug compounds which bind to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the bio-chips may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the polypeptides used to comprise a bio-chip or biosensor of the present invention may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e., by their N-terminal and C-terminal positions or length in contiguous amino acid residue.
  • Methods and particular uses of the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, or specific polypeptides using bio-chip and biosensor technology include those known in the art, those of the U.S.
  • Patent Nos. and World Patent Nos. listed above for bio-chips and biosensors using polynucleotides of the present invention and those of: U.S. Patent NOs: 5324633, 5658732, 5135852, 5567301 , 5677196, 5690894 5527681, 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, and World Patent Nos.
  • the invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enhance or block the biological activity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the present invention further provides where the compounds kill or slow the growth of 5. aureus.
  • 5. aureus antagonists including S. aureus ligands, to prophylactically or therapeutically block antibiotic resistance may be easily tested by the skilled artisan. See, e.g., Straden et al. (1997) J Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16.
  • An agonist is a compound which increases the natural biological function or which functions in a manner similar to the polypeptides of the present invention, while antagonists decrease or eliminate such functions.
  • Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity.
  • the antagonists may be employed for instance to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation.
  • Antibodies against S. aureus may be employed to bind to and inhibit S. aureus activity to treat antibiotic resistance. Any of the above antagonists may be employed in a composition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention also provides vaccines comprising one or more polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Heterogeneity in the composition of a vaccine may be provided by combining S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Multi-component vaccines of this type are desirable because they are likely to be more effective in eliciting protective immune responses against multiple species and strains of the Staphylococcus genus than single polypeptide vaccines.
  • Multi-component vaccines are known in the art to elicit antibody production to numerous immunogenic components. See, e.g., Decker et al. (1996) J. Infect. Dis. 174:S270-275.
  • a hepatitis B, diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis tetravalent vaccine has recently been demonstrated to elicit protective levels of antibodies in human infants against all four pathogenic agents. See, e.g., Aristegui, J. et al. (1997) Vaccine 15:7-9.
  • the present invention in addition to single-component vaccines includes multi-component vaccines. These vaccines comprise more than one polypeptide, immunogen or antigen. Thus, a multi-component vaccine would be a vaccine comprising more than one of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
  • whole cell and whole viral vaccines Such vaccines may be produced recombinantly and involve the expression of one or more of the 5. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may be either secreted or localized intracellular, on the cell surface, or in the periplasmic space.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may, for example, be localized in the viral envelope; on the surface of the capsid, or internally within the capsid.
  • Whole cells vaccines which employ cells expressing heterologous proteins are known in the art. See, e.g., Robinson, K. et al.
  • a multi-component vaccine can also be prepared using techniques known in the art by combining one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, or fragments thereof, with additional non-staphylococcal components (e.g., diphtheria toxin or tetanus toxin, and/or other compounds known to elicit an immune response). Such vaccines are useful for eliciting protective immune responses to both members of the Staphylococcus genus and non-staphylococcal pathogenic agents.
  • the vaccines of the present invention also include DNA vaccines. DNA vaccines are currently being developed for a number of infectious diseases. See, et al., Boyer, et al. (1997) Nat. Med. 3:526-532; reviewed in Spier, R.
  • Such DNA vaccines contain a nucleotide sequence encoding one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention oriented in a manner that allows for expression of the subject polypeptide.
  • S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention oriented in a manner that allows for expression of the subject polypeptide.
  • the direct administration of plasmid DNA encoding B. burgdorgeri OspA has been shown to elicit protective immunity in mice against borrelial challenge. See, Luke et al. (1997) J. Infect. Dis. 175:91-97.
  • the present invention also relates to the administration of a vaccine which is co-administered with a molecule capable of modulating immune responses.
  • Kim et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:641-646, for example, report the enhancement of immune responses produced by DNA immunizations when DNA sequences encoding molecules which stimulate the immune response are co-administered.
  • the vaccines of the present invention may be co-administered with either nucleic acids encoding immune modulators or the immune modulators themselves.
  • These immune modulators include granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) and CD86.
  • GM-CSF granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • the vaccines of the present invention may be used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection by either passive or active immunization.
  • a vaccine of the present invention is administered to an animal to elicit a protective immune response which either prevents or attenuates a staphylococcal infection.
  • the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through passive immunization, the vaccine is provided to a host animal (e.g., human, dog, or mouse), and the antisera elicited by this antisera is recovered and directly provided to a recipient suspected of having an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
  • antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, with toxin molecules provides an additional method for treating staphylococcal infections when passive immunization is conducted.
  • antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, capable of recognizing the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed herein, or fragments thereof, as well as other Staphylococcus proteins are labeled with toxin molecules prior to their administration to the patient.
  • toxin derivatized antibodies bind to Staphylococcus cells, toxin moieties will be localized to these cells and will cause their death.
  • the present invention thus concerns and provides a means for preventing or attenuating a staphylococcal infection resulting from organisms which have antigens that are recognized and bound by antisera produced in response to the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • a vaccine is said to prevent or attenuate a disease if its administration to an animal results either in the total or partial attenuation (i.e., suppression) of a symptom or condition of the disease, or in the total or partial immunity of the animal to the disease.
  • the administration of the vaccine may be for either a "prophylactic" or "therapeutic" purpose.
  • the compound(s) are provided in advance of any symptoms of staphylococcal infection.
  • the prophylactic administration of the compound(s) serves to prevent or attenuate any subsequent infection.
  • the compound(s) is provided upon or after the detection of symptoms which indicate that an animal may be infected with a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
  • the therapeutic administration of the compound(s) serves to attenuate any actual infection.
  • the S. aureus polypeptides, and fragments thereof, of the present invention may be provided either prior to the onset of infection (so as to prevent or attenuate an anticipated infection) or after the initiation of an actual infection.
  • polypeptides of the invention may be administered in pure form or may be coupled to a macromolecular carrier.
  • macromolecular carrier examples include proteins and carbohydrates.
  • Suitable proteins which may act as macromolecular carrier for enhancing the immunogenicity of the polypeptides of the present invention include keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) tetanus toxoid, pertussis toxin, bovine serum albumin, and ovalbumin.
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemacyanin
  • a composition is said to be "pharmacologically or physiologically acceptable” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient animal and is otherwise suitable for administration to that animal.
  • Such an agent is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount” if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • the vaccine of the present invention is administered as a pharmacologically acceptable compound, one skilled in the art would recognize that the composition of a pharmacologically acceptable compound varies with the animal to which it is administered. For example, a vaccine intended for human use will generally not be co-administered with Freund's adjuvant. Further, the level of purity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention will normally be higher when administered to a human than when administered to a non-human animal.
  • the vaccine of the present invention when provided to an animal, it may be in a composition which may contain salts, buffers, adjuvants, or other substances which are desirable for improving the efficacy of the composition.
  • Adjuvants are substances that can be used to specifically augment a specific immune response. These substances generally perform two functions: (1) they protect the antigen(s) from being rapidly catabolized after administration and (2) they nonspecifically stimulate immune responses.
  • Adjuvants can be loosely divided into several groups based upon their composition. These groups include oil adjuvants (for example, Freund's complete and incomplete), mineral salts (for example, A1K(S0 4 ) 2 , AlNa(S0 4 ) 2 , A1NH 4 (S0 4 ), silica, kaolin, and carbon), polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids), and certain natural substances (for example, wax D from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in Corynebacterium parvum, or Bordetella pertussis, and members of the genus Brucella.
  • oil adjuvants for example, Freund's complete and incomplete
  • mineral salts for example, A1K(S0 4 ) 2 , AlNa(S0 4 ) 2 , A1NH 4 (S0 4 ), silica, kaolin, and carbon
  • polynucleotides for example, poly IC and poly
  • compositions useful as adjuvants are the saponins such as, for example, Quil A. (Superfos A/S, Denmark).
  • Preferred adjuvants for use in the present invention include aluminum salts, such as A1K(S0 4 ),, AlNa(S0 4 ),, and A1NH 4 (S0 4 ). Examples of materials suitable for use in vaccine compositions are provided in
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, rapid infusion, nasopharyngeal absorption (intranasopharangeally), dermoabsorption, or orally.
  • the compositions may alternatively be administered intramuscularly, or intravenously.
  • Compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Carriers or occlusive dressings can be used to increase skin permeability and enhance antigen absorption.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may generally comprise a liposome solution containing the liquid dosage form.
  • Suitable forms for suspending liposomes include emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as purified water.
  • inert diluents such as purified water.
  • such compositions can also include adjuvants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, or sweetening, flavoring, or perfuming agents.
  • compositions of the present invention can also be administered in encapsulated form.
  • encapsulated Salmonella typhimurium antigens can also be used. Allaoui-Attarki, K. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:853-857.
  • Encapsulated vaccines of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including those involving contacting the vaccine with mucous membranes (e.g., intranasally, intracolonicly, intraduodenally).
  • compositions of the invention are used more than once to increase the levels and diversities of expression of the immunoglobulin repertoire expressed by the immunized animal. Typically, if multiple immunizations are given, they will be given one to two months apart.
  • an "effective amount" of a therapeutic composition is one which is sufficient to achieve a desired biological effect.
  • the dosage needed to provide an effective amount of the composition will vary depending upon such factors as the animal's or human's age, condition, sex, and extent of disease, if any, and other variables which can be adjusted by one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the antigenic preparations of the invention can be administered by either single or multiple dosages of an effective amount.
  • Effective amounts of the compositions of the invention can vary from 0.01-1,000 ⁇ g/ml per dose, more preferably 0.1-500 ⁇ g/ml per dose, and most preferably 10-300 ⁇ g/ml per dose. Examples
  • Example 1 Isolation of a Selected DNA Clone From the Deposited Sample
  • S. aureus clone comprising a polynucleotide of the present invention from any S. aureus genomic DNA library.
  • the S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited as a convienent source for obtaining a S. aureus strain although a wide varity of strains S. aureus strains can be used which are known in the art.
  • S. aureus genomic DNA is prepared using the following method.
  • a 20ml overnight bacterial culture grown in a rich medium e.g., Trypticase Soy Broth, Brain Heart Infusion broth or Super broth
  • TES Tris- pH 8.0, 25mM EDTA, 50mM NaCl
  • TES high salt TES
  • Lysostaphin is added to final concentration of approx 50ug/ml and the mixture is rotated slowly 1 hour at 37C to make protoplast cells.
  • the solution is then placed in incubator (or place in a shaking water bath) and warmed to 55C.
  • guanidine HC1 is added to a final concentration of 7M (3.69g in 5.5 ml). The mixture is swirled slowly at 55C for 60-90 min (solution should clear). A CsCl gradient is then set up in SW41 ultra clear tubes using 2.0ml 5.7M CsCl and overlaying with 2.85M CsCl. The gradient is carefully overlayed with the DNA-containing GuHCl solution. The gradient is spun at 30,000 rpm, 20C for 24 hr and the lower DNA band is collected. The volume is increased to 5 ml with TE buffer.
  • a plasmid is directly isolated by screening a plasmid S. aureus genomic DNA library using a polynucleotide probe corresponding to a polynucleotide of the present invention. Particularly, a specific polynucleotide with 30-40 nucleotides is synthesized using an Applied Biosystems DNA synthesizer according to the sequence reported.
  • the oligonucleotide is labeled, for instance, with 32 P- ⁇ -ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase and purified according to routine methods.
  • T4 polynucleotide kinase See, e.g., Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring, NY (1982).
  • the library is transformed into a suitable host, as indicated above (such as XL-1 Blue (Stratagene)) using techniques known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed.
  • a convenient reaction mixture is 1.5-5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.01% (w/v) gelatin, 20 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 25 pmol of each primer and 0.25 Unit of Taq polymerase.
  • Thirty five cycles of PCR (denaturation at 94°C for 1 min; annealing at 55°C for 1 min; elongation at 72°C for 1 min) are performed with a Perkin-Elmer Cetus automated thermal cycler.
  • the amplified product is analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis and the DNA band with expected molecular weight is excised and purified.
  • the PCR product is verified to be the selected sequence by subcloning and sequencing the DNA product.
  • overlapping oligos of the DNA sequences of Table 1 can be synthesized and used to generate a nucleotide sequence of desired length using PCR methods known in the art.
  • the bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example. (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). pQE60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr”) and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an IPTG inducible promoter, a ribosome binding site (“RBS”), six codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid (“Ni-NTA”) affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites.
  • Amr ampicillin antibiotic resistance
  • ori bacterial origin of replication
  • RBS ribosome binding site
  • 6 six codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid (“Ni-NTA”) affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites.
  • the DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of a S. aureus protein of the present invention is amplified from S. aureus genomic DNA or from the deposited DNA clone using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' sequences coding for the portion of the S. aureus polynucleotide. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' sequences, respectively.
  • the 5' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1.
  • nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1 One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of the complete protein shorter or longer than the mature form.
  • the 3' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides complementary to the 3' end of the desired coding sequence of Table 1, excluding a stop codon, with the coding sequence aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of the six His codons in the pQE60 vector.
  • the amplified S. aureus DNA fragment and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes which recognize the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together.
  • the S. aureus DNA is inserted into the restricted pQE60 vector in a manner which places the S. aureus protein coding region downstream from the IPTG- inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG and the six histidine codons.
  • the ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al., supra.. E.
  • coli strain M15/rep4 containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance (“Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein.
  • This strain which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing a S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
  • Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 ⁇ g/ml) and kanamycin (25 ⁇ g/ml).
  • the O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250.
  • the cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6.
  • Isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside (“IPTG”) is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor.
  • Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells then are harvested by centrifugation.
  • Ni-NTA nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid
  • the recommended conditions are as follows: renature using a linear 6M-1M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 20 mM Tris ⁇ Cl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors.
  • the renaturation should be performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more.
  • the proteins can be eluted by the addition of 250 mM immidazole.
  • Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBS or 50 mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl.
  • the purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80° C.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by a non-denaturing method.
  • Absorbance at 550 nm is approximately 10-20 O.DVml.
  • the suspension is then put through three freeze/thaw cycles from -70°C (using a ethanol-dry ice bath) up to room temperature.
  • the cells are lysed via sonication in short 10 sec bursts over 3 minutes at approximately 80W while kept on ice.
  • the sonicated sample is then centrifuged at 15,000 RPM for 30 minutes at 4°C.
  • the supernatant is passed through a column containing 1.0 ml of CL-4B resin to pre-clear the sample of any proteins that may bind to agarose non-specifically, and the flow-through fraction is collected.
  • Ni- NTA nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid
  • Proteins with a 6 X His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simple one-step procedure. Briefly, the supernatant is loaded onto the column in Lysis Buffer A at 4°C, the column is first washed with 10 volumes of Lysis Buffer A until the A280 of the eluate returns to the baseline.
  • Buffer B 50 mM Na-Phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% Glycerol, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 500 mM Imidazole, pH of the final buffer should be 7.5.
  • the protein is eluted off of the column with a series of increasing Imidazole solutions made by adjusting the ratios of Lysis Buffer A to Buffer B. Three different concentrations are used: 3 volumes of 75 mM Imidazole, 3 volumes of 150 mM Imidazole, 5 volumes of 500 mM Imidazole.
  • the fractions containing the purified protein are analyzed using 8 %, 10 % or 14% SDS-PAGE depending on the protein size.
  • the purified protein is then dialyzed 2X against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) in order to place it into an easily workable buffer.
  • PBS phosphate-buffered saline
  • the purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80°
  • the cell culture Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm (Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
  • the cells are then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics, Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi.
  • the homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min.
  • the resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4.
  • the resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
  • guanidine hydrochloride a guanidine hydrochloride
  • the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring.
  • the refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
  • a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 ⁇ m membrane filter with appropriate surface area e.g., Filtron
  • 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed.
  • the filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems).
  • the column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner.
  • the absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
  • Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water.
  • the diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM-20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins.
  • the columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl.
  • CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A 280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
  • the resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 ⁇ g of purified protein is loaded.
  • the purified protein is also tested for endotoxin LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
  • the vector pQElO can be used to clone and express polypeptides of the present invention. The difference being such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the amino terminus of that polypeptide.
  • the bacterial expression vector pQElO (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311) is used in this example .
  • the components of the pQElO plasmid are arranged such that the inserted DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention expresses the polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag”)) covalently linked to the amino terminus.
  • the DNA sequences encoding the desired portions of a polypeptide of Table 1 or expressed by the plasmids listed in Table 1 are amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers from either genomic S. aureus DNA or DNA from the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 clones of the present invention.
  • the PCR primers anneal to the nucleotide sequences encoding the desired amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the present invention. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQElO vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences, respectively.
  • the 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences.
  • the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begins may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the 5' primer is designed so the coding sequence of the 6 X His tag is aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of S. aureus polypeptide.
  • the 3' is designed to include an stop codon. The amplified DNA fragment is then cloned, and the protein expressed, as described above for the pQE60 plasmid.
  • the DNA sequences encoding the amino acid sequences of Table 1 may also be cloned and expressed as fusion proteins by a protocol similar to that described directly above, wherein the pET-32b(+) vector (Novagen, 601 Science Drive, Madison, WI 53711) is preferentially used in place of pQElO.
  • the bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). However, in this example, the polypeptide coding sequence is inserted such that translation of the six His codons is prevented and, therefore, the polypeptide is produced with no 6 X His tag.
  • the DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of the S. aureus amino acid sequence is amplified from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' nucleotide sequences corresponding to the desired portion of the S. aureus polypeptides. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences.
  • 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences.
  • the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the 3' and 5' primers contain appropriate restriction sites followed by nucleotides complementary to the 5' and 3' ends of the coding sequence respectively.
  • the 3' primer is additionally designed to include an in-frame stop codon. The amplified S.
  • aureus DNA fragments and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes recognizing the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. Insertion of the S. aureus DNA into the restricted pQE60 vector places the S. aureus protein coding region including its associated stop codon downstream from the IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG. The associated stop codon prevents translation of the six histidine codons downstream of the insertion point.
  • the ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al. E.
  • coli strain M15/rep4 containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance (“Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein.
  • This strain which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
  • Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 ⁇ g/ml) and kanamycin (25 ⁇ g/ml).
  • the O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1 :25 to 1 :250.
  • the cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside (“IPTG”) is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor.
  • IPTG isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside
  • the cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in 6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8.
  • the cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and the supernatant containing the S. aureus polypeptide is dialyzed against 50 mM Na-acetate buffer pH 6, supplemented with 200 mM NaCl.
  • the protein can be successfully refolded by dialyzing it against 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 25 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors.
  • the protein can be purified by ion exchange, hydrophobic interaction and size exclusion chromatography.
  • an affinity chromatography step such as an antibody column can be used to obtain pure S. aureus polypeptide.
  • the purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80° C.
  • the following alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus polypeptides expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
  • the cell culture Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm (Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
  • the cells ware then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics, Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi.
  • the homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min.
  • the resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4.
  • the resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
  • guanidine hydrochloride a guanidine hydrochloride
  • the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring.
  • the refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
  • a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 ⁇ m membrane filter with appropriate surface area e.g., Filtron
  • 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed.
  • the filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems).
  • the column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner.
  • the absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
  • Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water.
  • the diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM-20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins.
  • the columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl.
  • CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A 280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
  • the resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 ⁇ g of purified protein is loaded.
  • the purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
  • Example 2(d): Cloning and Expression of S. aureus in Other Bacteria S. aureus polypeptides can also be produced in: S. aureus using the methods of S.
  • a S. aureus expression plasmid is made by cloning a portion of the DNA encoding a S. aureus polypeptide into the expression vector pDNAI/Amp or pDNAIII
  • the expression vector pDNAI/amp contains: (1) an E. coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and other prokaryotic cells; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-containing prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for propagation in eukaryotic cells;
  • a CMV promoter a poly linker, an SV40 intron
  • several codons encoding a hemagglutinin fragment i.e., an "HA" tag to facilitate purification
  • a termination codon and polyadenylation signal arranged so that a DNA can be conveniently placed under expression control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polyadenylation signal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker.
  • the HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein described by Wilson et al. 1984 Cell 37:767. The fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection and recovery of the recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA epitope.
  • pDNAUI contains, in addition, the selectable neomycin marker.
  • a DNA fragment encoding a S. aureus polypeptide is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter.
  • the plasmid construction strategy is as follows. The DNA from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep is amplified using primers that contain convenient restriction sites, much as described above for construction of vectors for expression of S. aureus in E. coli.
  • the 5' primer contains a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide.
  • the 3' primer contains nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus DNA, a stop codon, and a convenient restriction site.
  • the PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector, pDNAI/Amp, are digested with appropriate restriction enzymes and then ligated.
  • the ligation mixture is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain such as SURETM (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, CA 92037), and the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and examined by restriction analysis or other means for the presence of the fragment encoding the S. aureus polypeptide For expression of a recombinant S.
  • COS cells are transfected with an expression vector, as described above, using DEAE-dextran, as described, for instance, by Sambrook et al. (supra). Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of S. aureus by the vector.
  • S. aureus-HA fusion protein is detected by radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation, using methods described in, for example Harlow et al., supra.. To this end, two days after transfection, the cells are labeled by incubation in media containing 35 S-cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the lysed with detergent-containing RIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP- 40, 0.1% SDS, 1 % NP-40, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM TRIS, pH 7.5, as described by Wilson et al. (supra ).
  • Proteins are precipitated from the cell lysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibody. The precipitated proteins then are analyzed by SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell lysate, which is not seen in negative controls.
  • Example 4 Cloning and Expression in CHO Cells
  • Plasmid pC4 is used for the expression of S. aureus polypeptide in this example.
  • Plasmid pC4 is a derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146).
  • the plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene under control of the SV40 early promoter.
  • Chinese hamster ovary cells or other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM, Life Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate.
  • amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been well documented.
  • Plasmid pC4 contains the strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus, for expressing a polypeptide of interest, Cullen, et al. (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447; plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immediate early gene of human cytomegalovirus (CMV), Boshart, et al., 1985, Cell 41 :521-530. Downstream of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: Bam HI, Xba I, and Asp 718. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene.
  • LTR long terminal repeat
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • high efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the human ⁇ -actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and HTLVI.
  • Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar systems can be used to express the S. aureus polypeptide in a regulated way in mammalian cells (Gossen et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551.
  • Other signals e.g., from the human growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well.
  • Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes can also be selected upon co- transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus methotrexate.
  • the plasmid pC4 is digested with the restriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal phosphates by procedures known in the art.
  • the vector is then isolated from a 1 % agarose gel.
  • the DNA sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' sequences of the desired portion of the gene.
  • a 5' primer containing a restriction site, a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide is synthesized and used.
  • a 3' primer, containing a restriction site, stop codon, and nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides is synthesized and used.
  • the amplified fragment is digested with the restriction endonucleases and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel.
  • the isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase.
  • E. coli HB101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4 using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis. Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene are used for transfection.
  • the expression plasmid pC4 is cotransfected with 0.5 ⁇ g of the plasmid pSVneo using a lipid-mediated transfection agent such as LipofectinTM or LipofectAMINE.TM (LifeTechnologies Gaithersburg, MD).
  • the plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominant selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418.
  • the cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418.
  • the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418. After about 10-14 days single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6- well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM).
  • Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6- well plates containing even higher concentrations of methotrexate (1 ⁇ M, 2 ⁇ M, 5 ⁇ M, 10 mM, 20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained which grow at a concentration of 100-200 ⁇ M. Expression of the desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reversed phase HPLC analysis.
  • compositions of the present invention are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following quantitative murine soft tissue infection model.
  • Mice e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old
  • a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
  • An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal.
  • the desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture.
  • the culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X lQ 8 cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered.
  • the desired doses are further diluted 1:2 with sterilized Cytodex 3 microcarrier beads preswollen in sterile PBS (3g/100ml). Mice are anesthetize briefly until docile, but still mobile and injected with 0.2 ml of the Cytodex 3 bead/bacterial mixture into each animal subcutaneously in the inguinal region.
  • mice After four days, counting the day of injection as day one, mice are sacrificed and the contents of the abscess is excised and placed in a 15 ml conical tube containing 1.0ml of sterile PBS. The contents of the abscess is then enzymatically treated and plated as follows.
  • the abscess is first disrupted by vortexing with sterilized glass beads placed in the tubes. 3.0mls of prepared enzyme mixture (1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0 mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS) is then added to each tube followed by a 20 min. incubation at 37C. The solution is then centrifuged and the supernatant drawn off. 0.5 ml dH20 is then added and the tubes are vortexed and then incubated for 10 min. at room temperature. 0.5 ml media is then added and samples are serially diluted and plated onto agar plates, and grown overnight at 37C.
  • prepared enzyme mixture 1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0 mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS
  • Plates with distinct and separate colonies are then counted, compared to positive and negative control samples, and quantified.
  • the method can be used to identify composition and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
  • Example 6 Murine Systemic Neutropenic Model for S. aureus Infection Compositions of the present invention, including polypeptides and peptides, are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following qualitative murine systemic neutropenic model.
  • Mice e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old
  • a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above.
  • mice are then injected with 250 - 300 mg/kg cyclophosphamide intraperitonially.
  • mice are left untreated for 5 days to begin recovery of PMNL'S.
  • the desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture.
  • the culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 10 s cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered.
  • the desired doses -ire further diluted 1:2 in 4% Brewer's yeast in media.
  • mice are injected with the bacteria/brewer's yeast challenge intraperitonially.
  • mice Brewer's yeast solution alone is used as a control. The mice are then monitored twice daily for the first week following challenge, and once a day for the next week to ascertain morbidity and mortality. Mice remaining at the end of the experiment are sacrificed.
  • the method can be used to identify compositions and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
  • the disclosure of all publications including patents, patent applications, journal articles, laboratory manuals, books, or other documents cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • the applicant hereby requests that the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Norwegian Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Norwegian Patent Office without having been laid open inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
  • the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Norwegian Patent Office not later than at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Norwegian Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on the list of recognized experts drawn up by the Norwegian Patent Office or any person approved by the applicant in the individual case.
  • the applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Danish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Danish Patent office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
  • the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Danish Patent Office not later that at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Danish Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Danish Patent Office or any person by the applicant in the individual case.
  • the applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Swedish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Swedish Patent Office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
  • the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the expiration of 16 months from the priority date (preferably on the Form PCT/RO/134 reproduced in annex Z of Volume I of the PCT Applicant's Guide). If such a request has been filed by the applicant any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Swedish Patent Office or any person approved by a applicant in the individual case.
  • the applicant hereby requests that until the date of a grant of a Netherlands patent or until the date on which the application is refused or withdrawn or lapsed, the microorganism shall be made available as provided in the 31F(1) of the Patent Rules only by the issue of a sample to an expert.
  • the request to this effect must be furnished by the applicant with the Netherlands Industrial Property Office before the date on which the application is made available to the public under Section 22C or Section 25 of the Patents Act of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, whichever of the two dates occurs earlier.

Abstract

The present invention relates to 11 novel genes from S. aureus and the polypeptides they encode. Also provided are vectors, host cells, antibodies and recombinant methods for producing the same. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypeptide activity. The invention additionally relates to diagnostic methods for detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids, polypeptides and antibodies in a biological sample. The present invention further relates to novel vaccines for the prevention or attenuation of infection by Staphylococcus.

Description

Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides.
Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to novel Staphylococcus aureus genes (S. aureus) nucleic acids and polypeptides. Also provided are vectors, host cells and recombinant methods for producing the same. Further provided are diagnostic methods for detecting Staphylococcus aureus using probes, primers, and antibodies to the S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides of the present invention. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypeptide activity and to vaccines using S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides.
Background of the Invention
The genus Staphylococcus includes at least 20 distinct species. (For a review see
Novick, R. P., The Staphylococcus as a Molecular Genetic System in MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE STAPHYLOCOCCI, 1-37 (R. Novick, Ed., VCH Publishers, New York (1990)). Species differ from one another by 80% or more, by hybridization kinetics, whereas strains within a species are at least 90% identical by the same measure. The species S. aureus, a gram-positive, facultatively aerobic, clump-forming cocci, is among the most important etiological agents of bacterial infection in humans, as discussed briefly below.
Human Health and S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus is a ubiquitous pathogen. See, e.g., Mims et al.,
MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (Mosby-Year Book Europe Limited, London, UK 1993). It is an etiological agent of a variety of conditions, ranging in severity from mild to fatal. A few of the more common conditions caused by S. aureus infection are burns, cellulitis, eyelid infections, food poisoning, joint infections, neonatal conjunctivitis, osteomyelitis, skin infections, surgical wound infection, scalded skin syndrome and toxic shock syndrome, some of which are described further below.
Burns: Burn wounds generally are sterile initially. However, they generally compromise physical and immune barriers to infection, cause loss of fluid and electrolytes and result in local or general physiological dysfunction. After cooling, contact with viable bacteria results in mixed colonization at the injury site. Infection may be restricted to the non-viable debris on the burn surface ("eschar"), it may progress into full skin infection and invade viable tissue below the eschar and it may reach below the skin, enter the lymphatic and blood circulation and develop into septicemia. S. aureus is among the most important pathogens typically found in burn wound infections. It can destroy granulation tissue and produce severe septicemia.
Cellulitis: Cellulitis, an acute infection of the skin that expands from a typically superficial origin to spread below the cutaneous layer, most commonly is caused by S. aureus in conjunction with S. pyrogenes. Cellulitis can lead to systemic infection. In fact, cellulitis can be one aspect of synergistic bacterial gangrene. This condition typically is caused by a mixture of S. aureus and microaerophilic streptococci. It causes necrosis and treatment is limited to excision of the necrotic tissue. The condition often is fatal.
Eyelid infections: S. aureus is the cause of styes and of sticky eye" in neonates, among other eye infections. Typically such infections are limited to the surface of the eye, and may occasionally penetrate the surface with more severe consequences. Food poisoning: Some strains of S. aureus produce one or more of five serologically distinct, heat and acid stable enterotoxins that are not destroyed by digestive process of the stomach and small intestine (enterotoxins A-E). Ingestion of the toxin, in sufficient quantities, typically results in severe vomiting, but not diarrhea. The effect does not require viable bacteria. Although the toxins are known, their mechanism of action is not understood.
Joint infections: S. aureus infects bone joints causing diseases such osteomyelitis. See, e.g., R. Cunningham et al., (1996) J. Med. Microbiol. 44:157-164.
Osteomyelitis: S. aureus is the most common causative agent of haematogenous osteomyelitis. The disease tends to occur in children and adolescents more than adults and it is associated with non-penetrating injuries to bones. Infection typically occurs in the long end of growing bone, hence its occurrence in physically immature populations. Most often, infection is localized in the vicinity of sprouting capillary loops adjacent to epiphysis growth plates in the end of long, growing bones. Skin infections: S. aureus is the most common pathogen of such minor skin infections as abscesses and boils. Such infections often are resolved by normal host response mechanisms, but they also can develop into severe internal infections. Recurrent infections of the nasal passages plague nasal carriers of S. aureus.
Surgical Wound Infections: Surgical wounds often penetrate far into the body. Infection of such wound thus poses a grave risk to the patient. S. aureus is the most important causative agent of infections in surgical wounds. S. aureus is unusually adept at invading surgical wounds; sutured wounds can be infected by far fewer S. aureus cells then are necessary to cause infection in normal skin. Invasion of surgical wound can lead to severe S. aureus septicemia. Invasion of the blood stream by S. aureus can lead to seeding and infection of internal organs, particularly heart valves and bone, causing systemic diseases, such as endocarditis and osteomyelitis.
Scalded Skin Syndrome: S. aureus is responsible for "scalded skin syndrome" (also called toxic epidermal necrosis, Ritter's disease and Lyell's disease). This diseases occurs in older children, typically in outbreaks caused by flowering of S. aureus strains produce exfoliation(also called scalded skin syndrome toxin). Although the bacteria initially may infect only a minor lesion, the toxin destroys intercellular connections, spreads epidermal layers and allows the infection to penetrate the outer layer of the skin, producing the desquamation that typifies the diseases. Shedding of the outer layer of skin generally reveals normal skin below, but fluid lost in the process can produce severe injury in young children if it is not treated properly.
Toxic Shock Syndrome: Toxic shock syndrome is caused by strains of S. aureus that produce the so-called toxic shock syndrome toxin. The disease can be caused by S. aureus infection at any site, but it is too often erroneously viewed exclusively as a disease solely of women who use tampons. The disease involves toxemia and septicemia, and can be fatal.
Nocosomial Infections: In the 1984 National Nocosomial Infection Surveillance Study ("NNIS") S. aureus was the most prevalent agent of surgical wound infections in many hospital services, including medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics and newboms. Other Infections: Other types of infections, risk factors, etc. involving S. aureus are discussed in: A. Trilla (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3:37-43; F. Espersen (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 11-17; D.E. Craven (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 19-28; J.D. Breen et al. (1995) Infect. Dis. Clin. North Am. 9(1):11-24 (each incorporated herein in their entireties).
Resistance to drugs of S. aureus strains
Prior to the introduction of penicillin the prognosis for patients seriously infected with S. aureus was unfavorable. Following the introduction of penicillin in the early 1940s even the worst S. aureus infections generally could be treated successfully. The emergence of penicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus did not take long, however. Most strains of S. aureus encountered in hospital infections today do not respond to penicillin; although, fortunately, this is not the case for S. aureus encountered in community infections.
It is well known now that penicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus produce a lactamase which converts penicillin to pencillinoic acid, and thereby destroys antibiotic activity. Furthermore, the lactamase gene often is propagated episomally, typically on a plasmid, and often is only one of several genes on an episomal element that, together, confer multidrug resistance.
Methicillins, introduced in the 1960s, largely overcame the problem of penicillin resistance in S. aureus. These compounds conserve the portions of penicillin responsible for antibiotic activity and modify or alter other portions that make penicillin a good substrate for inactivating lactamases. However, methicillin resistance has emerged in 5. aureus, along with resistance to many other antibiotics effective against this organism, including aminoglycosides, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, macrolides and lincosamides. In fact, methicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus generally are multiply drug resistant.
Methicillian-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) has become one of the most important nosocomial pathogens worldwide and poses serious infection control problems. Today, many strains are multiresistant against virtually all antibiotics with the exception of vancomycin-type glycopeptide antibiotics.
Recent reports that transfer of vancomycin resistance genes from enterococci to S. aureus has been observed in the laboratory sustain that fear that MRSA might become resistant against vancomycin, too, a situation generally considered to result in a public health disaster. MRSA owe their resistance against virtually all β-lactam antibiotics to the expression of an extra penicillin binding protein (PBP) 2a, encoded by the mecA gene. This additional very low affinity pbp, which is found exclusively in resistant strains, appears to be the only pbp still functioning in cell wall peptidoglycan synthesis at β- lactam concentrations high enough to saturate the normal set of S. aureus pbp 1-4. In 1983 it was shown by insertion mutagenesis using transposon Tn551 that several additional genes independent of mecA are needed to sustain the high level of methicillin resistance of MRSA. Interruption of these genes did not influence the resistance level by interfering with PBP2a expression, and were therefore called fern (factor essential for expression of methicillin resistance) or aux (auxiliary genes).
In the meantime six fem genes (femA- through F) have been described and the minimal number of additional aux genes has been estimated to be more than 10.
Interference with femA and femB results in a strong reduction of methicillin resistance, back to sensitivity of strains without PBP2a. The fem genes are involved in specific steps of cell wall synthesis. Consequently, inactivation of fem factors induce β-lactam hypersensitivity in already sensitive strains. Both femA and femB have been shown to be involved in peptidoglycan pentaglycine interpeptide bridge formation. FemA is responsible for the formation of glycines 2 and 3, and femB is responsible for formation of glycines 4 and 5. S. aureus may be involved in the formation of a monoglycine muropeptide precursors. FemC-F influence amidation of the iso-D-glutamic acid residue of the peptidoglycan stem peptide, formation of a minor muropeptide with L-alanine instead of glycine at position 1 of the interpeptide bridge, perform a yet unknown function, or are involved in an early step of peptidoglycan precursors biosynthesis (addition of L-lysine), respectively.
Thus far each new antibiotic gives rise to resistance strains, emerge that are resistance to multiple drugs and increasingly persistent forms of resistance begin to emerge. Drug resistance of S. aureus infections already poses significant treatment difficulties, which are likely to get much worse unless new therapeutic agents are developed. Since 5. aureus is likely involved in the synthesis of the peptidoglycan cross bridges in S. aureus, the gene provides an important tool in studying the mechanisms of antibiotic resistance. The S. aureus gene and its polypeptides are also potential target for antagonists or agonists, which may be useful as antibiotics, or useful to block resistance to other antibiotics. That is, antagonists or agonists, such as small molecules, may be useful as antibiotics themselves, act additively with other antibiotics, or act synergistically with other antibiotics.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention provides isolated S. aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides shown in Table 1 and SEQ ID NO:lthrough SEQ ID NO:22 (polynucleotide sequences having odd SEQ ID NOs and polypeptide sequences having even SEQ ID NOs). One aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) a nucleotide sequence encoding any of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1; and (c) a nucleotide sequence complementary to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a) or (b). The invention further provides for fragments of the nucleic acid molecules of (a), (b) & (c) above.
Further embodiments of the invention include isolated nucleic acid molecules that comprise a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 90% identical, and more preferably at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical, to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a), (b) or (c) above, or a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide in (a), (b) or (c) above. Additional nucleic acid embodiments of the invention relate to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides which encode the amino acid sequences of epitope-bearing portions of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in (a) above.
The present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells. The present invention further relates to the use of these vectors in the production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
The invention further provides isolated S. aureus polypeptides having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of an amino acid sequence of any of the polypeptides described in Table 1 or fragments thereof.
The polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence with at least 70% similarity, and more preferably at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% similarity to those described in Table 1, as well as polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 70% identical, more preferably at least 75% identical, and still more preferably 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to those above; as well as isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides.
The present invention further provides a vaccine, preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus , in an animal. The S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may further be combined with one or more immunogens of one or more other staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal organisms to produce a multi-component vaccine intended to elicit an immunological response against members of the Staphylococcus genus and, optionally, one or more non-staphylococcal organisms.
The vaccines of the present invention can be administered in a DNA form, e.g., "naked" DNA, wherein the DNA encodes one or more staphylococcal polypeptides and, optionally, one or more polypeptides of a non-staphylococcal organism. The DNA encoding one or more polypeptides may be constructed such that these polypeptides are expressed as fusion proteins.
The vaccines of the present invention may also be administered as a component of a genetically engineered organism or host cell. Thus, a genetically engineered organism or host cell which expresses one or more S. aureus polypeptides may be administered to an animal. For example, such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may contain one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention intracellularly, on its cell surface, or in its periplasmic space. Further, such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may secrete one or more S. aureus polypeptides. The vaccines of the present invention may also be co-administered to an animal with an immune system modulator (e.g., CD86 and GM-CSF).
The invention also provides a method of inducing an immunological response in an animal to one or more members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably one or more isolates of the S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a vaccine as described above. The invention further provides a method of inducing a protective immune response in an animal, sufficient to prevent, attenuate, or control an infection by members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably at least S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a composition comprising one or more of the polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1 , or fragments thereof. Further, these polypeptides, or fragments thereof, may be conjugated to another immunogen and/or administered in admixture with an adjuvant.
The invention further relates to antibodies elicited in an animal by the administration of one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof. The invention further relates to recombinant antibodies and fragments thereof and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
The invention also provides diagnostic methods for detecting the expression of the polynucleotides of Table 1 by members of the Staphylococcus genus in an animal. One such method involves assaying for the expression of a polynucleotide encoding S. aureus polypeptides in a sample from an animal. This expression may be assayed either directly (e.g., by assaying polypeptide levels using antibodies elicited in response to amino acid sequences described in Table 1) or indirectly (e.g., by assaying for antibodies having specificity for amino acid sequences described in Table 1). The expression of polynucleotides can also be assayed by detecting the nucleic acids of Table 1. An example of such a method involves the use of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify and detect Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences.
The present invention also relates to nucleic acid probes having all or part of a nucleotide sequence described in Table 1 (odd SEQ ID NOs) which are capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to Staphylococcus nucleic acids. The invention further relates to a method of detecting one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal, said one or more nucleic acids encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides, comprising: (a) contacting the sample with one or more of the above-described nucleic acid probes, under conditions such that hybridization occurs, and (b) detecting hybridization of said one or more probes to the Staphylococcus nucleic acid present in the biological sample.
Polynucleotides and Polypeptides of the Invention
FEATURES OF FEMX POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES. The nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l was determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTEFS71 and BTEJE39. The nucleotide sequence contains an open reading frame encoding the femX polypeptide comprising 414 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:2), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 164-166, and a predicted molecular weight of about 49.1kDa.
The femX polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in formation of peptidoglycan cross bridges, including the conserved cysteine pattern characteristic of the epr and fem family of genes. The S. aureus femX polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with amino acid sequences of the epr (M. Sugai, et al. (1997) J. Bacteriol. 179(13):4311-4318) and fem A and fem B proteins from Staphlococcus species (A. M. Stranden et al., (1997) J. Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16; G. Thumm et al. (1997) Mol. Microbiol. 23(6):1251-1265; W. E. Alborn et al., (1996) Gene 180(1-2): 177-181) using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al, (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410). The strong homology between species and identity among fem proteins of S. aureus indicates that femX is involved in peptidoglycan interpeptide bridge biosynthesis. Thus, the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function. Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat antibiotic resistant S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species.
Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the formation of peptidoglycan cross bridges. More specifically, the synthesis of glycines 1-5 of peptidoglycan cross bridges can be measured as exemplified by A. M. Stranden et al. (1997) J. Bacteriol 179(1):9-16 (incorporated herein in its entirety). Antagonists of femX would act to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation.
Other uses of the femX polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus femX for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other
Staphlyococcus species, and as vaccines against 5. aureus and other Staphlyococcus species.
Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis. femX polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for femX polynucleotides. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention. FEATURES OF FURA, FURB, AND FURC POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES.
The nucleotide sequences for furA, furB, and furC were determined by sequencing the S. aureus clones BTEJQ50 (SEQ ID NO:3), BTALE70 (SEQ ID NO:5) , and BTEBP80 and BTEFD68 (collectively SEQ ID NO:7). The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 contains an open reading frame encoding the furA polypeptide comprising 136 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:4), including an initiation codon encoding an
N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 15.9kDa.
The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:5 contains an open reading frame encoding the furB polypeptide comprising 148 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:6), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 17.2kDa.
The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 contains an open reading frame encoding the furC polypeptide comprising 149 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:8), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 101- 103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 17.2kDa.
The fur (ferric uptake regulator) polypeptides (furA, furB, and furC) of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in iron regulation. The S. aureus furA polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of a fur gene from Staphylococcus epidermidis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe236389). See C. Heidrich et al. (1996) FEMS Micro. Letts. 140:253-259. The S. aureus furB polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of a fur family gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe281583). See N.J Cummings et al. (1997) Microbiology 143:1855-
1859. The S. aureus furC polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:2 was found to share a high degree of local sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of another fur family gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 185621). See F. Kunst et al. (1997) Nature 390:249-256. The fur polypeptides of the present invention also share identity among themselves as well as other fur and fur-like genes from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession numbers gnllPIDIel 185777), Streptococcus pyogenes (GenBank accession number gill667516), Neisseria meningitidis (GenBank accession number gil433299), Neisseria gonorrheae (GenBank accession number gil349012), Camplyobacter upsaliensis (GenBank accession number gill228779), Camplyobacter jejuni (GenBank accession number gil511113) Mycobacterium tuberculosis (GenBank accession numbergnllPIDIe315163), and other bacteria species. Identities were compared using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al, (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410).
The strong homology among the fur proteins of S. aureus and other bacteria species indicates that furA, furB, and furC are involved in iron regualtion in S. aureus. Since iron is essential for the growth and multiplication of nearly mircoorganisms, the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function. Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat infections of S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species. Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of iron.
Other uses of the fur polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus furA, furB, and furC for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphlyococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphlyococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis, fur polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular fur polynucleotide. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
FEATURES OF FMTB, PBPF, AND PBPG POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES.
The nucleotide sequences for fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG were determined by sequencing the S. aureus clones BTEDA22 and BTEDV18 (SEQ ID NO:9), BTEBG73 and BTAJO70 (SEQ ID NO:l 1) , and BTEBU53 and BTEFB55 (SEQ ID NO:13), respectively. The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 contains an open reading frame encoding the fmtB polypeptide comprising 498 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 10), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 56.4kDa. The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11 contains an open reading frame encoding the pbpF polypeptide comprising 691 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 12), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 101- 103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 77.2kDa.
The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13 contains an open reading frame encoding the pbpG polypeptide comprising 301 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 14), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 101-103, and a predicted molecular weight of about 34.5kDa.
The fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known penicillin-biding proteins among several species. The S. aureus fmtB polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 10 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of a penicillin-binding protein gene from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 185286). See F. Kunst et al. (1997) Nature 390:249-256. fmtB also shares sequence identity with another Staphylococcus aureus polypeptide associated with antibiotic resistance (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIdl024918). See H. Komatsuzawa et al. (1997) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 41:2355-2361.
The S. aureus pbpF polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 12 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of penicillin-binding genes from Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 181903 and gnllPIDIel 185767) and Streptococcus thermophilus (GenBank accession number gil643510). The S. aureus pbpG polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14 was found to share local sequence identity, inter alia, with the amino acid sequence of penicillin-binding genes from Pseudomonas syringae (GenBank accession number gil551940). See E. Roine et al. (1996) J. Bacteriol. 178:410-417, and Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe267588). Identities were compared using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al., (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410).
The strong homology among the S. aureus fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention and penicillin-binding proteins from other bacteria species indicates that fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG are involved cell wall synthesis and in β-lactam resistence in S. aureus. The polypeptides of the present invention are therefore useful for making compounds that inhibit their function for use as antibiotics. Inhibitors of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of antibiotics or by cell wall synthesis assays using methods known in the art.
Other uses of the fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus fmtB, pbpF, or pbpG for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphlyococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphlyococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis. fmtB, pbpF, and pbpG polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular fmtB, pbpF, or pbpG polynucleotide. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
FEATURES OF CBRA, CBRB, AND CBRC POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES.
The nucleotide sequences for cbrA (SEQ ID NO: 15), cbrB (SEQ ID NO: 17), and cbrC ( SEQ ID NO: 19) comprise a single operon and were determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTACA44 and BTAGJ54 which span the operon. The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrA polypeptide comprising 330 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 16), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 7-9, and a predicted molecular weight of about 36.8kDa. The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrB polypeptide comprising 331 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO: 18), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal leucine at nucleotide positions 19- 21, and a predicted molecular weight of about 35.5kDa.
The nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19 contains an open reading frame encoding the cbrC polypeptide comprising 332 amino acid residues (SEQ ID NO:20), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 91-93, and a predicted molecular weight of about 35.7kDa.
The cbr polypeptides (cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC) of the present invention have amino acid sequence homology to known genes involved in iron regulation. The S. aureus cbrA (SEQ ID NO: 16), cbrB (SEQ ED NO: 18), and cbrC ( SEQ ID NO:20) polypeptides were found to share local sequence identity among themselves and with the amino acid sequence of a cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC genes from Erwinia chrysanthemi (GenBank accession numbers gil809541, gil809542, and gil809541 respectively). See B. Mahe et al. (1995) Mol. Microbiol. 18:33-43. The cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC polypeptides of the present invention also share sequence identity and with iron regulatory genes of other bacterial species including Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIel 182834, gnllPIDIel 182835, and gnllPIDIel 182836). See F. Kunst et al. (1997) Nature 390:249- 256 and Bacillus intermedius (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe245932). Identities were compared using the computer program BLAST (Altschul et al, (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410).
The strong homology among the cbr proteins of S. aureus and other bacteria species indicates that cbrA, cbrB, and cbrC are involved in iron regualtion in S. aureus. Since iron is essential for the growth and multiplication of nearly mircoorganisms, the polypeptides of the present invention are useful in screening methods to make antagonists which block their function. Antagonists can be used, for instance, as antibiotics to treat infections of S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species. Antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified by measuring the ability of bacteria to grow in the presence of varying concentrations of iron. Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aurues in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specificaly bind S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other Staphylococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus, other Staphylococcus species and other bacteria genuses.
Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis. S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for a particular S. aureus polynucleotide. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
FEATURES OF ENOLASE POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES. The nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:21 was determined by sequencing the S. aureus overlapping clones BTAAI44 and BTAGE12. The nucleotide sequence contains an open reading frame encoding the enolase polypeptide comprising 434 amino acid residues (SEQ ED NO:22), including an initiation codon encoding an N-terminal methionine at nucleotide positions 103-105, and a predicted molecular weight of about 47.1 kDa.
The enolase polypeptides of the present invention have amino acid sequence identity homology to known enolase genes from other bacterial species. The S. aureus enoalse polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:22 shares local sequence identity with amino acid sequences of the enolase genes from other bacterial species including Bacillus subtilis (GenBank accession numbers gil460259 and gnllPIDIel 186078), Spongilla sp. (GenBank accession number gill 839206), Mycobacterium tuberculosis (GenBank accession number gnllPIDIe304557) Methanococcus jannaschii (GenBank accession number gil l590967) and Campylobacter jejuni (GenBank accession number gil437277). The S. aureus enoalse protein of the present invention was identified as a molecule involved in laminin (LN)/laminin receptor (LNRec) interactions. The S. aureus enoalse protein of the present invention was shown to be responsible for LNRec activity in bridging experiments between the S. aureus and MDCK cell in culture. The S. aureus enoalse gene of the present invention was cloned by first generating monoclonal antibodies against the LNRec molecule and using the antibodies to subsequently isolated the LNRec molecule. The LNRec molecule was purified and partially sequenced. Partial amino acid sequence analysis was used to clone and isolate the S. aureus enoalse gene of the present invention. A characteristic feature of infection by S. aureus is bloodstream invasion and widespread metastatic abscess formation. The S. aureus enolase polypeptides of the present invention therefore represent a target for both vaccines and antibiotics. Antibiotics of the present invention include peptides, polypeptides, antibodies (and fragements thereof), small molecules, and other drugs that bind the S. aureus enolase polypeptides of the present invention, or enolase associated molecules, and prevent binding of S. aureus to laminin. The blocking molecules of the present invention may act by directly blocking the binding of enolase polypeptides to laminin or enolase associated molecules to laminin. Assays for measuring the binding of molecules to enolase polypeptides or enolase associated molecules; assays for measuring the binding of S. aureus to laminin; and assays for measuring the metastatic acitivity of S. aureus include those described and referenced in Lopes et al. (1985) Science 229:275-277, described and referenced in Brentani (1989) Oncogenesis 1:247-260, known in the art, and disclosed herein.
The structural homology and identity between the enolase polypeptides of S. aureus and those of other bacterial species indicates that the enolase polypeptides of S. aureus share the same function as the enolase polypeptides from other bacterial enolase polypeptides, including those described by Babbitt et al. (1996) Biochemistry 35:16489- 16501. The enolase polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to produce mutant S. aureus enolase genes, polypeptides, and mutant S. aureus strains for use as vaccines and to induce an immune response in humans and other animals by using the methods described in U.S. Patent NOS 5,703,219 and 5,703,219. In the methods of U.S. Patent NOS 5,703,219 and 5,703,219 the S. aureus enolase polypeptides and polypeptides are substituted for the Helicobacter pylori enolase polypeptides and polypeptides. Modifications to accomidate the S. aureus enolase polypeptides and polypeptides of the present invention are made using information disclosed herein and known in the art.
Other uses of the enolase polypeptides of the present invention include: inter alia, to detect S. aureus in immunoassays, as epitope tags, as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels, as molecular weight markers for molecular sieve gel filtration columns, to generate antibodies that specifically bind S. aureus enolase for the detection S. aureus in immunoassays, to generate an immune response against S. aureus and other
Staphylococcus species, and as vaccines against S. aureus and other Staphylococcus species as discussed above.
Isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological samples, for instance, by Southern and Northern blot analysis, enolase polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in detecting S. aureus by PCR using primers for enolase polynucleotides. Isolated polynucleotides of the present invention are also useful in making the polypeptides of the present invention.
Detailed Description
The present invention relates to recombinant S. aureus nucleic acids and fragments thereof. The present invention further relates to recombinant S. aureus polypeptides and fragments thereof. The invention also relates to methods for using these polypeptides to produce immunological responses and to confer immunological protection to disease caused by members of the genus Staphylococcus, at least isolates of the S. aureus genus. The invention further relates to nucleic acid sequences which encode antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and to methods for detecting S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides in biological samples. The invention also relates to antibodies specific for the polypeptides and peptides of the present invention and methods for detecting such antibodies produced in a host animal.
Definitions
The following definitions are provided to clarify the subject matter which the inventors consider to be the present invention.
As used herein, the phrase "pathogenic agent" means an agent which causes a disease state or affliction in an animal. Included within this definition, for examples, are bacteria, protozoans, fungi, viruses and metazoan parasites which either produce a disease state or render an animal infected with such an organism susceptible to a disease state (e.g., a secondary infection). Further included are species and strains of the genus Staphylococcus which produce disease states in animals.
As used herein, the term "organism" means any living biological system, including viruses, regardless of whether it is a pathogenic agent. As used herein, the term "Staphylococcus" means any species or strain of bacteria which is members of the genus Staphylococcus. Such species and strains are known to . those of skill in the art, and include those that are pathogenic and those that are not.
As used herein, the phrase "one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention" means polypeptides comprising the amino acid sequence of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 (even SEQ ID NOs). These polypeptides may be expressed as fusion proteins wherein the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention are linked to additional amino acid sequences which may be of staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal origin. This phrase further includes polypeptide comprising fragments of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. Additional definitions are provided throughout the specification.
Explanation of Table 1
Table 1 , below, shows the nucleotide sequence of 11 genes from S. aureus and the sequence of the polypeptides they encode. The table lists the name of the S. aureus gene, followed by a sequence identification number (SEQ ID NO:), and the gene's nucleotide or polypeptide sequence. The table also lists the plasmid clones comprising the nucleotide sequences. The actual nucleotide or amino acid sequence of each gene is also shown in the Sequence Listing under the corresponding SEQ ID NO.
Explanation of Table 2
Table 2 lists residues comprising antigenic epitopes of antigenic epitope-bearing fragments present in each of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 as predicted by the inventors using the algorithm of Jameson and Wolf, (1988) Comp. Appl. Biosci. 4:181-186. The Jameson- Wolf antigenic analysis was performed using the computer program PROTEAN (Version 3.11 for the Power Macintosh, DNASTAR, Inc., 1228
South Park Street Madison, WI). Each S. aureus polypeptide shown in Table 1 has one or more antigenic epitopes comprising residues described in Table 2. It will be appreciated that depending on the analytical criteria used to predict antigenic determinants, the exact address of the determinant may vary slightly. The residues and locations shown described in Table 2 correspond to the amino acid sequences for each gene shown in Table 1 and in the Sequence Listing.
Explanation of Table 3. The S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more conservative amino acid substitutions from natural mutations or human manipulation as indicated in Table 3. Changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein. Residues from the following groups, as indicated in Table 3, may be substituted for one another: Aromatic, Hydrophobic, Polar, Basic, Acidic, and Small.
Nucleic Acid Molecules
Sequenced S. aureus genomic DNA was obtained from the S. aureus strain ISP3. S. aureus strain ISP3, has been deposited at the American Type Culture Collection, as a convenience to those of skill in the art. The S. aureus strain ISP3 was deposited on 7 April 1998 at the ATCC, 10801 University Blvd. Manassas, VA 20110-2209, and given accession number 202108. As discussed elsewhere herein, polynucleotides of the present invention readily may be obtained by routine application of well known and standard procedures for cloning and sequencing DNA. Detailed methods for obtaining libraries and for sequencing are provided below, for instance. A wide variety of Staphylococcus aureus strains that can be used to prepare S aureus genomic DNA for cloning and for obtaining polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention. A wide variety of Staphylococcus aureus strains are available to the public from recognized depository institutions, such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). It is recognized that minor variation is the nucleic acid and amino acid sequence may be expected from S aureus strain to strain. The present invention provides for genes, including both polynucleotides and polypeptides, of the present invention from all the Staphylococcus aureus strains. That is, the femX, furA-C, fmtB, pbpG and -F, and CbrA-C genes from all Staphylococcus aureus strains are included in the present invention. Unless otherwise indicated, all nucleotide sequences determined by sequencing a
DNA molecule herein were determined using an automated DNA sequencer (such as the Model 373 from Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA), and all amino acid sequences of polypeptides encoded by DNA molecules determined herein were predicted by translation of a DNA sequence determined as above. Therefore, as is known in the art for any DNA sequence determined by this automated approach, any nucleotide sequence determined herein may contain some errors. Nucleotide sequences determined by automation are typically at least about 90% identical, more typically at least about 95% to at least about 99.9% identical to the actual nucleotide sequence of the sequenced DNA molecule. The actual sequence can be more precisely determined by other approaches including manual DNA sequencing methods well known in the art. As is also known in the art, a single insertion or deletion in a determined nucleotide sequence compared to the actual sequence will cause a frame shift in translation of the nucleotide sequence such that the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by a determined nucleotide sequence will be completely different from the amino acid sequence actually encoded by the sequenced DNA molecule, beginning at the point of such an insertion or deletion. In case of conflict between Table 1 and either the nucleic acid sequence of the clones listed in Table 1 or the amino acid sequence of the protein expressed by the clones listed in Table 1, the clones listed in Table 1 are controlling. By "nucleotide sequence" of a nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide is intended to mean either a DNA or RNA sequence. Using the information provided herein, such as the nucleotide sequence in Table 1, a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention encoding a 5. aureus polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures, such as those for cloning DNAs using genomic DNA as starting material. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989).
TABLE 1. Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequences of 1 1 S. aureus Genes.
femX nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:l) clones BTEFS71 and BTEJE39
TGGAAAATTAATGAAGTTCCAAAGTTTAGATCAAAACTGGAATAATGGTGGATG
GCGTAAAGCAGAGGTTGCACATAAAGTTGTTCATAATTATGAAAATGATATGAT
TTTTATTAGACCATTTAAAAAAGCATAATTTAAATCGAAGGCAGGACATTGAAA
TATGAAATTI CAACTTTAAGTGAAGAAGAATTTACCAACTACACCAAAAAGCA
CTTCAAACATTATACGCAGTCTATAGAATTATATAATTATAGAAATAAAATAAA
TCATGAAGCACATATTGTGGGAGTGAAGAATGATAAAAATGAAGTTATAGCTGC
ATGTTTATTAACAGAGGCACGAATTTT AAATTCTACAAATATTTCTACTCTCAT
AGAGGTCCTTTACTTGATTATTTCGATGCTAAAΓΓAGTΓTGTTACTTTTTTAAAG
AATTATCTAAATTCATTTATAAAAATAGAGGAGTATTTATTCTTGTTGATCCATA
TTTAATAGAGAATTTAAGAGATGCAAATGGTAGGATAATAAAGAATTATAATAA
TTCAGTGATAGTAAAGATGCTAGGGAAAATTGGGTATCTCCATCAAGGTTATAC
AACAGGATATTCAAATAAAAGTCAAATTAGGTGGATTTCTGTATTGGATTTAAA
AGATAAAGATGAGAATCAACTTTTAAAAGAAATGGAATACCAAACTAGAAGAA
ATATAAAAAAGACTATTGAGATTGGTGTTAAGGTTGAAGATTTATCTATTGAAG
AAACAAATCGATTTTATAAATTGTTTCAAATGGCTGAAGAAAAACATGGTTTTC
ATTTCATGAATGAAGATTATTTTAAACGAATGCAAGAAATATATAAAGATAAGG CAATGTTAAAGATAGCTTGTATAAATCTTAATGAATATCAAGATAAATTAAAAA TACAATTATTGAAAATCGAAAATGAAATGATGACTGTGAACAGAGCATTAAATG
AAAATCCAAATTCTAAAAAAAATAAATCAAAATTAAATCAGTTAAATATGCAAT TATCTAGTATTAATAATAGAATTAGTAAAACCGAAGAACTAATATTTGAAGATG
GACCTGTTTTGGATTTAGCTGCTGCTTΓATTTATATGTACTGATGATGAAGTTTA TTATCTATCAAGTGGATCAAATCCGAAATATAATCAGTATATGGGTGCATATCAT
CTACAATGGCATATGATAAAATATGCAAAATCACATAATATTAATAGGTATAAT
TTTTATGGAATAACAGGCGTCTTTAGTAATGAGGCGGATGATTTTGGTGTTCAAC
AATTTAAAAAGGGTTTTAATGCACATGTTGAAGAATTAATTGGTGATTTCATCA AACCAGTAAGACCAATTCTATATAAATTTGCAAAACTTATTTATAAGGTTTAATT ATAAAGTATGTTGGAAATTGAAATTTTAAATTCTTTCCAACATACTTTTCACTTT TTAAG
femX amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2) clones BTEFS71 and BTEJE39
MKFSTLSEEEFTNYTKKHFKHYTQSffiLYNYRNKINHEAHIVGVKNDKNEVIAACLL
TEARIFKFYKYFYSHRGPLLDYFOAKLVCYFFKELSKPIYKNRGVFILVDPYLIENLRD
ANGRIIKNYNNSVIVKMLGKIGYLHQGYTTGYSNKSQIRWISVLDLKDKDENQLLKE
MEYQTRRNIKKTIEIGVKVEDLSIEETNRFYKLFQMAEEKHGFHFMNEDYFKRMQEI
YKDKAMLKIACINLNEYQDKLKIQLLKIENEMMTVNRALNENPNSKKNKSKLNQLN
MQLSSINNRISKTEELIFEDGPVLDLAAALFICTDDEVYYLSSGSNPKYNQYMGAYHL
QWHMIKYAKSHNINRYNFYGITGVFSNEADDFGVQQFKKGFNAHVEELIGDFIKPVR
PILYKFAKLIYKV
furA nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) clone: BTEJQ50
TCTCCGGGTGGTGTaATTGTAGTTCTACTTGTTATTTTACTTATGATTACAATGGC
TTATCAGAAAATGCGAATGAAGTTTAAAAAGGGAGCTAATATCAATGAATACAA
ATGATGCTATTAAAATTTTAAAAGAGAACGGTTTAAAATATACAGATAAACGTA
AAGATATGTTAGATATTTTTGTCGAAGAAGATAAGTATATAAACGCAAAGTATA
TACAACAAGTTATGGATGAAAATTATCCTGGAATTTCATTCGACACAATATATAG
AAACCTGCACTTATTTAAAGATTTAGGAATTATTGAAAATACAGAACTTGATGG
TGAAATGAAGTTTAGAATCGCTTGTACAAACCATCATCATCATCATTTTATCTGT
GAAAAGTGTGGAGATACAAAGGTAATAGATTATTGTCCAATAGATCAGATAAAA
TTATCACTACCTGGTGTTAATATTCACAAACACAAACTTGAAGTTTATGGTGTAT
Figure imgf000021_0001
TGAGAAAAGCTTGCATTTTATTGAGAAAACTGTTAGTTTTAATTGTAAAGTTTGA AATAATTTGTAATGATTTTAATTATTAGTAGGGGAGTGGACATCGTTGGAAGAA
CGATTAAATCGCGTTAAGCAACAATTACAACAATCATCATATAAGCTAACGCCAC
AACGCGAAGCTACTGTTAGAGTTCTAATTGAAAATGAAAAAGATCATCTAAGTG
CTGAAGACGTATATCTGAAAGTAAAAGATAAAGCGCCTGAAATTGGCTTGGCGA
CAGTATACAGAACGTTAGAGTTGTTAGCTGAACTAAAAGTTGTCGACAAAATTA
ACTTTGGTGATGGCGTCGCTCGTTTTGATTTAAGAAAAGAAGGCGCAAAACATTT
CCACCATCATTTAGTATGTATGGAATGTGGTCGTGTAGATGAAATCGATGAAGA
TT^GTTACCAGAAGTTGAAAATCGAGTTGAAAATGAGTTCAATTTTAAAATTTTA GATCATCGTTTAACTTTCCATGGTGTGTGTGAAACGTGCCAAGCTAAAGGTAAAG GATAGTAAATTGCGTAGGTTAAATTAACCTTCGCTTTTTTTAGAGGTGTGGTTAT
furC amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8) clones: BTEBP80 and BTEFD68
LEERLNRVKQQLQQSSYKLTPQREATVRVLIENEKDHLSAEDVYLKVKDKAPEIGLA TVYRTLELLAELKVVDKINFGDGVARFDLRKEGAKHFHHHLVCMECGRVDEIDEDL LPEVENRVENEFNFKILDHRLTFHGVCETCQAKGKG
fmtB nucleotide sequence (SEQ ED NO:9) clone: BTEDA22 and BTEDV18
GTAAATATACCTCTTTAATTAATTTATTCAATAGAACTGGTATAATAAAATAAAT
CTCATTAGGCACTTAAGTAAATTTAACATATAAAAAGGAACGTTTATGACTACTA
AAAAACTGTATΓΓTCTATCCATTTCTATTATCATITTAGTCGCCATTTCAATTGCT
ATATATATAACATTAAATAGCAATACGAAGACACGGTTAACCAATGATTCGCAA
CAACAAATAGATACAATTATCGAGCATGATTTACAAAAGGGACACATTCCTGGA
GCATCAATTTTAATAGTAAAAAATGGCAAAGTTTΓTTTAAATAAAGGTTATGGT
TATCAAGATGTTGATAAAAAAGTCAAAGCTTCTCCCACAACAAAGTATGAAATT
GCTTCTAATACGAAAGCTTTCACAGGTCTTGCAATTTTAAAATTAGCTCAAGAAG
GTCGATTAAACTTAAATGATGCCGTATCCAAACATGTGCCTCATTTTAAAATGAA
CTATAATGGTCAAAATGAAACTATTACGAT AAGCAACTTTTGGCTCAAACAAGT
GGTATACCTAGTGATATTACAAGCGAAGATTCTGTGACAAGCAAAAATAATCGT
TTAAATGATGTAACCCATGCAATTATGGGTGATGAATTACATCATAAGCCCGGA
GAAGAATTTGAATACTCAAATATGAACTATGATTTATTAGGTTTAATTATCCAAA
ACGTTACGAAGCAATCCTATACAAAATATATTACAAATTCATGGCTCAAGCCTTT
GCATATGACACATACATCATTCAAACAAACCAATTACAAATCAAAACATGATGCT ATTGGCTATGAATTACAAGGTTCGACACCTGTCGTCTCTAAACCTGAATTTAACC
TTTGGGATACACCATCAGCATATATGATGACATCAACTGAAGATTTGGAACATTG
GATAAAATTCCAACTTAATCCACCTGATAAATACAAATCATTAGTTCAACAATCA
CATAAAAATTTATCTTCAACAATTGGTGAACCTAATGCCAATGCATATGCTTCCG
GCTGGTTTACCAATAATGATGAACATTTAGTGTTTCATTCAGGAACGCTAGATAA
CTTTTCATCATTTATTTTACTAAATCCAAAACAAAATTATGGAATTGTTGTACTT
GCAAATCTAAATTCGGAATATGTACCCAAATTAGTTGAGCATCTTAATACACAAA
TTGTAAATCACAAGCGATATTCGACGGTTGCGTCTATGCTCAATCAATATAAAGA
TCAATTTAATATTGTTACCGTTTTGATGACAACACTTATTTTATTAGCATTTATAT
TCTCAGCTTATCGTGCTTGGCAAATGCGCCATGGTCAAATTCTTTTGCGTAGATC
AAAACGGATTGCTGTATTGAGTTGGTTATCATTATGTATATGTATCGCTTTAGCG
CTCATATTATATGCATTACCATATCTCATTCTCGGTAGCAATAATTGGTCTTTTGT
ACTGACTTGGCTACCAATAGAAATTAAATTAGCACTAATCACAACATTAATTGCA
TTATTCAGTACATTAATTGTAATTCTGTTATTCCTTCATACAAAGATAACGAAGA
CATAATAAAAAAGACTTGTTCGAGCCGTGCGTTTGATAATATATCATCCACGATT
fmtB amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10) clone: BTEDA22 and BTEDV18
MTTKKLYFLSISIIILVAISIAIYITLNSNTKTRLTNDSQQQIDTIIEHDLQKGHIPGASIL
IVKNGKVFLNKGYGYQDVDKKVKASPTTKYEIASNTKAFΓGLAILKLAQEGRLNLN
DAVSKHVPHFKMNYNGQNETITIKQLLAQTSGIPSDΓΓSEDSVTSKNNRLNDVTHAI
MGDELHHKPGEEFEYSNMNYDLLGLIIQNVTKQSYTKYITNSWLKPLHMTHTSFKQT
NYKSKHDAIGYELQGSTPVVSKPEFNLWDTPSAYMMTSTEDLEHWIKFQLNPPDKYK
SLVQQSHKNLSSTIGEPNANAYASGWFΓNNDEHLVFHSGTLDNFSSFILLNPKQNYGI
VVLANLNSEYVPKLVEHLNTQIVNHKRYSTVASMLNQYKDQFNIVTVLMTTLILLA
ΠFSAYRAWQMRHGQDLLRRSKRIAVLSWLSLCICIALALILYALPYLILGSNNWSFVLT
WLPIEIKLALITTLIALFSTLIVILLFLHTKITKT
pbpF nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:ll) clones: BTEBG73 and BTAJO70
CTCTTAAATGAGACCGTTATTTTTTTGTCAAAAAGATAGAAATAATTTCTAAATT
CATATATGATTTAAAGTGAAAGACTT GAATAGAGGTAGGTAGTTTTGTTAAAA
AGACTAAAAGAAAAATCAAATGATGAAATCGTTCAAAATACCATTAACAAGAGA
ATTAACTTΓATATTTGGTGTGATTGTATTTATTTTTGCAGTACTAGTACTACGTTT
AGGTTATTTACAAATCGCACAAGGCTCACATTATAAACAAATTATAAAAAATGA
TGAAAACATTACAGTGAATGAGTCTGTGCCAAGAGGTCGTATTTTAGACAGAAA TGGGAAAGTTTTAGTTGATAATGCTTCTAAAATGGCTATTACATATACTAGGGGT
CGAAAAACAACACAATCGGAAATGTTGGATACGGCTGAAAAGTTATCAAAGCTA
ATCAAGATGGATACTAAGAAAATTACAGAACGTGATAAGAAAGATTTCTGGATT
CAGTTGCATCCTAAAAAAGCAAAAGCAATGATGACAAAAGAACAAGCTATGTTA
GCAGATGGAAGTATTAAACAAGATCAATATGATAAACAACTGTTATCGAAAATC
GGAAAATCACAATTAGATGAATTGTCTTCTAAAGATTTACAAGTTTTAGCTATTT
TTCGAGAGATGAATGCAGGAACAGTTTTAGATCCACAAATGATAAAAAATGAAG
ATGTCAGTGAAAAAGAGTATGCAGCAGTTTCTCAGCAACTTTCCAAATTACCAGG
TGTTAACACGTCTATGGATTGGGATAGAAAATATCCATATGGCGATACTTTAAG
AGGTATATTCGGAGATGTATCGACACCTGCTGAAGGTATTCCAAAAGAATTGAC
AGAACATTACTTATCCAAAGGATATTCACGCAATGATCGTGTTGGAAAATCTTAC
CTAGAATATCAATATGAAGATGTATTGCGTGGTAAGAAGAAAGAAATGAAATAC
ACAACGGACAAATCTGGTAAAGTTACATCTTCAGAAGTGTTAAATCCTGGCGCTC
GCGGTCAAGATTTGAAATTAACGATCGATATAGATCTTCAAAAAGAAGTAGAAG
CATTATTAGATAAACAAATTAAGAAGCTTCGCAGTCAAGGTGCCAAAGATATGG
ATAATGCAATGATGGTTGTACAAAATCCTAAAAATGGAGACATTCTTGCGCTTGC
CGGAAAGCAGATTAATAAGAGTGGTAAAATGACTGATTATGACATTGGTACGTT
TACTTCTCAATTTGCGGTTGGATCTTCTGTAAAAGGTGGAACATTATTAGCCGGT
TATCAGAATAAAGCTATCAAAGTTGGAGAAACAATGGTCGATGAACCATTACAT
TTCCAAGGTGGTTTGACAAAACGATCATACTTCAATAAAAACGGGCATGTAACT
ATTAATGATAAGCAAGCTTTGATGCATTCATCAAACGTATATATGTTTAAAACAG
CATTAAAATTAGCGGGAGACCCTTATTATTCTGGTATGGCTTTACCTTCAGACAT
AAGTTCACCTGCCCAAAAGCTAAGAAGAGGATTAAATCAAGTAGGCTTAGGTGT
GAAAACAGGGATAGATTTACCAAATGAAACAAGAGGTCAAATCGAACCATTAAC
AAATAATCCAGGTAATTATCTAGATTTATCAATTGGTCAATATGATACCTATACA
CCATTACAATTATCACAATATGTTTCAACTATAGCGAATGATGGTTATAGAATAC
AGCCACACATTGGATTAACGATTCATGAATCAACTAATAAAGATGAGGTTGGTC
CACTCAAGAAGAAAATTAATGGCACTGTCTTGAACAAGGTTAATAATACTGAAA
AGGAAATCAAACAAATTCAAGAAGGATTCAAAATGGCATTTAATGATAAAGATG
GTACTGGATATGTTAGTTTTAAAGATACAGTAGTACCTACTGCTGGTAAAACGG
GTACCGCAGAAGTGTTCCAAAACGGAGAGCCAAGAGTTAACTCTACTTATATAG
GATACGCGCCAATTGATGATCCAAAATTAGCGTTTTCAATTGTATATACAAATCA
GCCTGTACCACCACCATGGTTAACAGGTGGAGACTTAGGTAGAGATGTAATTAA
CTACTACTTTAAGCAGTTAGGTAAAGATGATAAAAATAAAGACAAAGACAAATA
AAATTTAACCTGACGATTGTGTAGCGCATGGTTGTAAAATTTTAACTTTGC
pbpF amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:12) clones: BTEBG73 and BTAJO70 LLKRLKEKSrøElNQNTINK l.røreGVrvTT^^
NITV ESVPRGRIIJJRNGKVLVDNAS]*^^
DTKKΠΈI^K_Π FWIQLHPKKAKAMMTKEQAMLADGSIKQDQYDKQLLSO
LDELSSKΌLQ\ΠLAIFREMNAGTVLDPQMIKNEDVSEKEYAAVSQQLSKLPGVNTSM
DWDRKYPYGDTLRGIFGDVSTPAEGIPI^LTEHYLSKGYSRNDRVGKSYLEYQYEDV
LRGKKI^MKYTTDKSGKVTSSEVLNPGARGQDLKLΉDIDLQKEVEALLDKQIKKL
RSQGAKX>MDNAMMVVQNPK_NGDILALAGKQINKSGKMTDYDIGTFTSQFAVGSSV
KGGTLLAGYQNKAIKVGETMVDEPLHFQGGLTKRSYFNKNGHVTINDKQALMHSS
NVYMFKTALKLAGDPYYSGMALPSDISSPAQKLRRGLNQVGLGVKTGIDLPNETRG
QIEPLTNNPGNYLDLSIGQYDTΎTPLQLSQYVSΉANDGYRIQPHIGLTIHESTNKDEV
GPLKKKINGTVLNKVNNTEKEIKQIQEGFKMAFNDKDGTGYVSFKDTVVPTAGKTG
TAEVFQNGEPRVNSTΎIGYAPIDDPKLAFSIVYTNQPVPPPWLTGGDLGRDVINYYFK
QLGKDDKNKDKDK
pbpG nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:13) clones: BTEBU53 and BTEFB55
TCCTATTCCTTATGCATTTCCCCTAATTATAATTAACGTTAAAATAAAAGTCAAA
TTGCCTTAAATATGGTATACTATAACGTAATTTAGGAGGTTAAAGATGACGAAT
CAAGACAACAATCATCAATTGAATCATCGTATATATCATTTTGAAAAGATATATA
AAGCTATCAAACATGTCATTGTTTACATATTTATGATTTTCATTGCCATCGTTGCT
ATCGCTGTGATTGCGATGTCT TATATT CATCATTTAACTAAAACGTCCGACTC
ATTATCAGATGATGCTTTAATAAAAAAAGTTCGACAAATACCTGGCGATGAATT
ATTAGATCATAATAACAAAAATTTATTATATGAGTATAACCATTCTCAAAACTCA
CTCATTATAGGCCCTAAAACATCAAGTCCAAATGTCATTAAAGCATTAACGTCAT
CTGAAGACACTTTATTTTATAAACATGATGGCATCTTACCAAAGGCGATTTTAAG
AGCAATGATACAAGATATTTTTAATACTGATCAAAGTTCAGGTGGTAGCACAAT
TACACAACAACTTGTTAAAAATCAAGTTCTTACCAACGAAAAAACATATAGTAG
AAAAGCAAATGAACTTCGCCTAGCAATTAGATTAGAACACCTACTCTCAAAAGA
TGAAATTATATATACATATTTAAATATAGTTCCCTTCGGTAGAGATTATAATGGC
GCTAATATTTCCGGAATTGCATCCGCTTCATATAGTCTATTTGGTATTCCACCAAA
AGATTTATCAATTGCACAATCTGCATACCTTATCGGTTTGTTGCAAAGCCCATAT
GGCTATACACCCTACGAAAAAGATGGAACGTTAAAATCGGATAAAGATTTGAAA
TATAGTATTCAAAGACAACATTATGTATTAAAGCGTATGTTAATCGAAGATCAA
ATCACTGAAAAAGAATACAACGACGCATTAAAATATGATATTAAATCACATTTG
TTAAATCGAAAAAAGCGTTAATTGATGCTCACTTTTTAAAGTAACCACAACAATG
AATCCAAATATTAAAA
Figure imgf000026_0001
MNKVIKMLVVTLAFLLVLAGCSGNSNKQSSDNKDKETTSIKHAMGTTEIKGKPKRV VTLYQGATDVAVSLGVKPVGA\^SWTQKPKFEYIK^ROLKDTKIVGQEPAPNLEEISK
Ll^DLlNASKVRNEK DQLSKIAFl^STDTVFK^^
KKYDDKVAAFQKDAKAKYKDAWPLK SVV ^FRAD]TΠUYAGGYAGEIL^ROLGF^
NKDLQKQVDNGKDΠQLTSKESIPLMNADH__I Π KSDPNAKDAALVKKTESEWTSSK
EWI _DAVKNNQVSDDLDEITWNLAGGYKSSLKLIDDLYEKLNIEKQSK
cbrB nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:17) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
TAATTAAGGAGTTTTACGATGCTACTTAAACCAAAATACCAAATCGTTATTGCTG
GTTTATGTCTTGCAATAGTAGCTATCTTAAGTTTAATGATTGGAAATACGCTTGT
GTCACCAGGTACGGTGATACAGGCGTTATTCAACTTTGATAGTGAAAACGATTTA
CATGATGTTGTCACTGGTGCACGGGCGTCGAGAACAATCATTGCGTTATTGACTG
GTGCTGCCCTTGCTGTCTCAGGTTTGTTGATGCAAGCACTTACACGAAACCCAAT
AGCCTCACCAGGGCTTTTCGGTGTCAATGCAGGCGCAGTAT TTΓΓGTCATΓΓTTA
GTATTACATTTATCCAAATTCAATCTTTTAAAATGATTGTAGTTATTGCATTTTTG
GGGGCTATTGTTGTTACTGTATTAGTTGTTGCACTAGGTATGTTTAGACAAACAC
TATTCTCACCTCACCGTGTCATTTTGGCAGGTGCTGCGATTGCGATGCTATTTACA
GCCTTTACTCAAGGCATACTTATTATGAACGAAACAGACTTACAAGGCCTATTAT
TTTGGTTAAGTGGCTCCGTTTCATTACGTAATATTTGGGATATCCCATGGATTAT
TCCGCTTGTATTGATACTTATTTTAATTGCATTTAGCATGGCTGCACACATCAACA
TCTTGATGACAAGTGACGACATTGCAACCGGCCTCGGTCAAAACATAAAATTAAT
CAAATGGATGATTATTATGCTCATCAGTATGTTAGCCGGTATTTCGGTAGCCGTA
GCTGGATCAATCGTCTTTGTGGGTCTTATCGTACCGAATATTAGCAAACGATTAT
TACCACCAAACTATAAGTATTTAATTCCTTTTACTGCATTAGCTGGAGCAATCCT
AATGATCATTTCAGACATTGTTGCTCGTATAATAATTAAGCCACTAGAGTTGCCT
ATCGGTGTCGTTACCGCTGTCATTGGCGCTATTGTCTTAATCTATATTATGAAGA
AAGGACGTCAACGCTTATGA
cbrB amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 18) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
MLLKPKYQIVIAGLCLAIVAILSLMIGNTLVSPGTVIQALFNFDSENDLHDVVTGARA SRTIIALLTGAALAVSGLLMQALTRNPIASPGLFGVNAGAVFFVIFSITFIQIQSFKMIV VIAFLGAIVVTVLVVALGMFRQTLFSPHRVILAGAAIAMLFTAFTQGILIMNETDLQ GLLFWLSGSVSLRMWDIPWΠPLVLILILIAFSMAAHINILMTSDDIATGLGQNIKLIK
WMIIMLISMLAGISVAVAGS_ ^GLI\ MSK]^LPP ^YKYLIPFTALAGAILMΠSDIV
ARΠIKPLELPIGVVTAVIGAIVLΓYIMKKGRQRL
cbrC nucleotide sequence (SEQ ED NO:19) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
TAAGCCACTAGAGTTGCCTATCGGTGTCGTTACCGCTGTCATTGGCGCTATTGTCT
TAATCTATATTATGAAGAAAGGACGTCAACGCTTATGACCGAAAAGATTAATAA
AAAAGACAATTACCATCTCATCTTCGCGTTAATCTTΓTTAGCCATCGTTTCAGTGG
TAAGTATGATGATTGGTTCAAGCTTTATACCATTACAACGCGTACTGATGTACTT
TATAAATCCAAATGACAGTATGGATCAATTCACTTTAGAAGTATTACGCTTACCT
CGCATTACACTTGCGATTTTAGCAGGTGCCGCACTAGGAATGAGTGGTTTAATGT
TGCAAAATGTATTAAAAAATCCAATTGCCTCACCTGATATTATCGGTATCACAGG
TGGTGCTAGCTTAAGTGCTGTTGTCTTTATTGCATTTTTCAGCCATTTAACAATAC
AT ΓACTTCCACTATTTGCAGTATTAGGTGGCGCAGTTGCAATGATGATACTATT
AGTGTTTCAAACGAAAGGACAAATACGCCCGACAACACTCATAATCATCGGTATT
TCGATGCAAACGTTGTTTATTGCGCTTGTCCAAGGATTACTCATTACAACGAAGC
AATTATCTGCTGCCAAAGCTTATACATGGCTAGTCGGAAGTCTTTACGGTGCTAC
GTTΓAAAGATACAATCATTTTGGGTATGGTTATTTTAGCTGTTGTGCCGTTGTTA
TTTCTTGTTATACCAAAAATGAAAATATCTATACTTGATGACCCTGTAGCGATTG
GCTTAGGCTTACATGTACAACGTATGAAACTAATCCAATTAATCACTTCTACTAT
ACTCGTATCTATGGCAATCAGTTTAGTAGGTAACATTGGGTTTGTCGGTTTAATC
GCACCACATATCGCGAAAACAATCGTTCGCGGAAGTTATGCTAAAAAGTTACTA
ATGTCAGCAATGATTGGTGCCATATCAATTGTTATTGCAGACTTAATTGGGCGTA
CCTTATTCTTGCCTAAAGAAGTGCCAGCAGGTGTAITTATTGCTGCTTTTGGTGCC
CCATTCTTCATATACTTATTATTAACCGTGAAAAAGTTATAA
cbrC amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:20) clones: BTACA44 and BTAGJ54
MTEKINKKDNYHLIFALEFLAIVSVVSMMIGSSFIPLQRVLMYFINPNDSMDQFTLEV
LRLPRITLAILAGAALGMSGLMLQNVLKNPIASPDIIGITGGASLSAVVFIAFFSHLTIH
LLPLFAVLGGAVAMMILLVFQTKGQIRPTTLIIIGISMQTLFIALVQGLLITTKQLSAA
KAYTWLVGSLYGATFKDTIILGMVILAVVPLLFLVIPKMKISILDDPVAIGLGLHVQR
MKLIQLITSTILVSMAISLVGNIGFVGLIAPHIAKTIVRGSYAKKLLMSAMIGAISIVIA
DLIGRTLFLPKEVPAGVFIAAFGAPFFIYLLLTVKKL enolase nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:21) clones: BTAAI44 and BTAGE12
TAATGACACTTATTT1 TGAAAATAATAGTAATATCATTTTGTTAAATGAAAGAA
TAAAGCTATAATAATTATAGAATAACTATTTAAAGGAGATTATAAACATGCCAA
TTATTACAGATGTTTACGCTCGCGAAGTCTTAGACTCTCGTGGTAACCCAACTGT
TGAAGTAGAAGTATTAACTGAAAGTGGCGCATTTGGTCGTGCATTAGTACCATC
AGGTGCTTCAACTGGTGAACACGAAGCTGTTGAATTACGTGATGGAGACAAATC
ACGTTATTTAGGTAAAGGTGTTACTAAAGCAGTTGAAAACGTTAATGAAATCAT
CGCACCAGAAATTATTGAAGGTGAATTTTCAGTATTAGATCAAGTATCTATTGAT
AAAATGATGATCGCATTAGACGGTACTCCAAACAAAGGTAAATTAGGTGCAAAT
GCTATTTTAGGTGTATCTATCGCAGTAGCACGTGCAGCAGCTGACTTATTAGGTC
AACCACTTTACAAATATTTAGGTGGATTTAATGGTAAGCAGTTACCAGTACCAAT
GATGAACATCGTTAATGGTGGTTCTCACTCAGATGCTCCAATTGCATTCCAAGAA
TTCATGATTTTACCTGTAGGTGCTACAACGTTCAAAGAATCATTACGTTGGGGTA
CTGAAAT TTCCACAACTTAAAATCAATTTTAAGCCAACGTGGTTTAGAAACTGC
CGTAGGTGACGAAGGTGGTTTCGCTCCTAAATTTGAAGGTACTGAAGATGCTGTT
GAAACAATTATCCAAGCAATCGAAGCAGCTGGTTACAAACCAGGTGAAGAAGTA
TTCTTAGGATTTGACTGTGCATCATCAGAATTCTATGAAAATGGTGTATATGACT
ACAGTAAGTTCGAAGGCGAACACGGTGCAAAACGTACAGCTGCAGAACAAGTTG
ACTACTTAGAACAATTAGTAGACAAATATCCTATCATTACAATTGAAGACGGTAT
GGACGAAAACGACTGGGATGGTTGGAAACAACTTACAGAACGTATCGGTGACCG
TGTACAATTAGTAGGTGACGATTTATTCGTAACAAACACTGAAATTTTAGCAAA
AGGTATTGAAAACGGAATTGGTAACTCAATCTTAATTAAAGTTAACCAAATCGG
TACATTAACTGAAACATTTGATGCAATCGAAATGGCTCAAAAAGCTGGTTACAC
AGCAGTAGTTTCTCACCGTTCAGGTGAAACAGAAGATACAACAATTGCTGATATT
GCTGTTGCTACAAACGCTGGTCAAATTAAAACTGGTTCATTATCACGTACTGACC
GTATTGCTAAATACAATCAATTATTACGTATCGAAGATGAATTATTTGAAACTGC
TAAATATGACGGTATCAAATCATTCTATAACTTAGATAAATAATTTTCTTTATAA
TCAAATGCTGACATAATTTTAGTTGAGGATTATTATGACGG
enolase amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:22) clones: BTAAI44 and BTAGE12
MPIITDVYAREVLDSRGNPTVEVEVLTESGAFGRALVPSGASTGEHEAVELRDGDKS RYLGKGVTKAVENVNEIIAPEIIEGEFSVLDQVSIDKMMIALDGTPNKGKLGANAIL GVSLAVARAAADLLGQPLYKYLGGFNGKQLPVPMMNIVNGGSHSDAPIAFQEFMILP
VGATTFKESLRWGTElFHNLKSILSQRGLETAVGDEGGFAPKFEGTEDAVETπQAIE
AAGYKPGEEλTT-GFDCASSEFYENGλ^YDYSKFEGEHGAKRTAAEQVDYLEQLVDKY
PJTTffiDGMDENDWDGWKQLTERIGDRVQLVGDDLFVTNTEILAKGIENGIGNSILIK
\^QIGTLTETFDAffiMAQKAGYTAVVSHRSGETEDTTIADIAVATNAGQIKTGSLSR
TDRIAKYNQLLREEDELFETAKYDGIKSFYNLDK
Illustrative of the invention, the nucleic acid molecule described in Table 1 was discovered in a DNA library derived from a S. aureus ISP3 genomic DNA. Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance, DNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced synthetically. The DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA or RNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
By "isolated" polynucleotide sequence is intended a nucleic acid molecule, DNA or RNA, which has been removed from its native environment. This includes segments of DNA comprising the S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention isolated from the native chromosome. These fragments include both isolated fragments consisting only of S. aureus DNA and fragments comprising heterologous sequences such as vector sequences or other foreign DNA. For example, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector are considered isolated for the purposes of the present invention which may be partially or substantially purified. Further examples of isolated DNA molecules include recombinant DNA molecules introduced and maintained in heterologous host cells or purified (partially or substantially) DNA molecules in solution. Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts of the DNA molecules of the present invention. Isolated nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention further include such molecules produced synthetically which may be partially or substantially purified. The term "isolated" does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell mRNA preparations, genomic DNA digests (including those gel separated by electrophoresis), sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of the polynucleotides sequences of the present invention.
In addition, isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention include DNA molecules which comprise a sequence substantially different from those described above but which, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, still encode a S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention (e.g. polypeptides of Table 1). That is, all possible DNA sequences that encode the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. This includes the genetic code and species-specific codon preferences known in the art. Thus, it would be routine for one skilled in the art to generate the degenerate variants described above, for instance, to optimize codon expression for a particular host (e.g., change codons in the bacteria mRNA to those preferred by a mammalian or other bacterial host such as E. coif).
The invention further provides isolated nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 or a nucleic acid molecule having a sequence complementary to one of the above sequences. Such isolated molecules, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological sample, for instance, by PCR or Northern blot analysis. In specific embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention are less than 300kb, 200kb, lOOkb, 50kb, 10,kb, 7.5kb, 5kb, 2.5kb, and lkb. In another embodiment, the polynucleotides comprising the coding sequence for polypeptides of the present
The present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules encoding portions or fragments of the polynucleotide sequences described herein, e.g., shown in the Tables, sequence listing, or contained in the deposited clones. Uses for the polynucleotide fragments of the present invention include probes, primers, molecular weight, markers and for expressing the polypeptide fragments of the present invention. Fragments include portions of the polynucleotide sequences, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length selected from any two integers, one of which representing a 5' nucleotide position and a second of which representing a 3' nucleotide position, where the first , or 5' most, nucleotide for each disclosed polynucleotide sequence is position 1. That is, every combination of a 5' and 3' nucleotide position that a fragment at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length could occupy is included in the invention as an individual specie. "At least" means a fragment may be 10 contiguous nucleotide bases in length or any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are contiguous fragments specified by any 5' and 3' nucleotide base positions of a polynucleotide sequences wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1. The polynucleotide fragments specified by 5' and 3' positions can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specifications. Although it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species are included in the present invention.
Further, the invention includes polynucleotides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in nucleotides, rather than by nucleotide positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous nucleotides, selected from integers between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1 (where 1 is the first, or 5' most, nucleotide for each disclosed polynucleotide sequence). Preferred sizes of contiguous nucleotide fragments include 20 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 60 nucleotides, 70 nucleotides, 80 nucleotides, 90 nucleotides, 100 nucleotides, 125 nucleotides, 150 nucleotides, 175 nucleotides, 200 nucleotides, 250 nucleotides, 300 nucleotides, 350 nucleotides, 400 nucleotides, 450 nucleotides, 500 nucleotides, 550 nucleotides, 600 nucleotides, 650 nucleotides, 700 nucleotides, 750 nucleotides, 800 nucleotides, 850 nucleotides, 900 nucleotides, 950 nucleotides, 1000 nucleotides. Other preferred sizes of contiguous polynucleotide fragments, which may be useful as diagnostic probes and primers, include fragments 50-300 nucleotides in length which include, as discussed above, fragment sizes representing each integer between 50- 300. Larger fragments are also useful according to the present invention corresponding to most, if not all, of the polynucleotide sequences of the sequence listing or deposited clones. The preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify not limit the present invention as all size fragments, representing any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1 of the sequence listing or deposited clones, are included in the invention. Additional preferred nucleic acid fragments of the present invention include nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides.
The polynucleotide fragments, specified in contiguous nucleotides, can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification.
The present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragment, specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotide bases as described above for any nucleotide sequence of the sequence listing or deposited clones. Any number of fragments of nucleotide sequences specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotides, as described above, may be excluded from the present invention.
In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a portion of a polynucleotide in a nucleic acid molecules of the invention described above, for instance, nucleotide sequences of Table 1 or the S. aureus sequences of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1. By "stringent hybridization conditions" is intended overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising: 50% formamide, 5x SSC (150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C. By a polynucleotide which hybridizes to a "portion" of a polynucleotide is intended a polynucleotide (either DNA or RNA) hybridizing to at least about 15 nucleotides bases, and more preferably at least about 20 nucleotides bases, still more preferably at least about 30 nucleotides bases, and even more preferably about 30-70 (e.g., 50) nucleotides bases of the reference polynucleotide. These are useful as diagnostic probes and primers as discussed above. By a portion of a polynucleotide of "at least 20 nucleotides bases in length," for example, is intended 20 or more contiguous nucleotides bases nucleotides from the nucleotide sequence of the reference polynucleotide (e.g., the nucleotide sequence as shown in Table 1). Portions of a polynucleotide which hybridizes to a nucleotide sequence in Table 1, which can be used as probes and primers, may also be precisely specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotide bases as described above or precisely excluded in the same manner. The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, which encode a S. aureus polypeptide, may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding: the full length 5. aureus polypeptide of Table 1, the full length polypeptide expressed by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, and portions of the S aureus polypeptides of Table 1 and the polypeptides expressed by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1. Also included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and further comprise additional sequences, such as those encoding an added secretory leader sequence, such as a pre-, or pro- or prepro- protein sequence. Further included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and portions thereof and further comprise additional heterologous amino acid sequences encoded by nucleic acid sequences from a different source.
Also included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above protein sequences together with additional, non-coding sequences, including for example, but not limited to non-coding 5' and 3' sequences. These sequences include transcribed, non-translated sequences that may play a role in transcription, and mRNA processing, for example, ribosome binding and stability of mRNA. Also included in the present invention are additional coding sequences which provide additional functionalities. Thus, a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide may be fused to a marker sequence, such as a sequence encoding a peptide which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available. For instance, hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. See Gentz et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86:821- 24. The "HA" tag is another peptide useful for purification which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein. See Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 37:767. As discussed below, other such fusion proteins include the S. aureus fused to Fc at the N- or C-terminus.
Variant and Mutant Polynucleotides
The present invention further relates to variants of the nucleic acid molecules which encode portions, analogs or derivatives of a S. aureus polypeptides of Table 1, or encoded by the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, and variant polypeptides thereof including portions, analogs, and derivatives of the S. aureus polypeptides. Variants may occur naturally, such as a natural allelic variant. By an "allelic variant" is intended one of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. See, e.g., B. Lewin, Genes IV (1990). Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using art-known mutagenesis techniques.
Such nucleic acid variants include those produced by nucleotide substitutions, deletions, or additions. The substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may be altered in coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions. Such polypeptide variants include those produced by amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more residues. Alterations may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a 5. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
The present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells and for using them for production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
The present application is directed to nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 or to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1. The above nucleic acid sequences are included irrespective of whether they encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity. This is because even where a particular nucleic acid molecule does not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the nucleic acid molecule, for instance, as a hybridization probe. Uses of the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention that do not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity include, inter alia, isolating an S. aureus gene or allelic variants thereof from a DNA library, and detecting S. aureus mRNA expression samples, environmental samples, suspected of containing 5. aureus by Northern Blot analysis.
Preferred, are nucleic acid molecules having sequences at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 or to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1, which do, in fact, encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity By "a polypeptide having S. aureus activity" is intended polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the S. aureus protein of the invention, as measured in a particular biological assay suitable for measuring activity of the specified protein.
Of course,, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will immediately recognize that a large number of the nucleic acid molecules having a sequence at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence of the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 or a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1 will encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity. In fact, since degenerate variants of these nucleotide sequences all encode the same polypeptide, this will be clear to the skilled artisan even without performing the above described comparison assay. It will be further recognized in the art that, for such nucleic acid molecules that are not degenerate variants, a reasonable number will also encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity. This is because the skilled artisan is fully aware of amino acid substitutions that are either less likely or not likely to significantly effect protein function (e.g., replacing one aliphatic amino acid with a second aliphatic amino acid), as further described below.
By a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a reference nucleotide sequence of the present invention, it is intended that the nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotide is identical to the reference sequence except that the polynucleotide sequence may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference nucleotide sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide. In other words, to obtain a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted, inserted, or substituted with another nucleotide. The query sequence may be an entire sequence shown in Table 1, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment specified as described herein.
As a practical matter, whether any particular nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleotide sequence of the presence invention can be determined conventionally using known computer programs. A preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. See Brutlag et al. (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245. In a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both DNA sequences. An RNA sequence can be compared by first converting U's to T's. The result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity. Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB alignment of DNA sequences to calculate percent identity are: Matrix=Unitary, k- tuple=4, Mismatch Penalty=l, Joining Penalty=30, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=l, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty 0.05, Window Size=500 or the lenght of the subject nucleotide sequence, whichever is shorter.
If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence because of 5' or 3' deletions, not because of internal deletions, a manual correction must be made to the results. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for 5' and 3' truncations of the subject sequence when calculating percent identity. For subject sequences truncated at the 5' or 3' ends, relative to the query sequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a nucleotide is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only nucleotides outside the 5' and 3' nucleotides of the subject sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score.
For example, a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is aligned to a 100 nucleotide query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletions occur at the 5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 nucleotides at 5' end. The 10 unpaired nucleotides represent 10% of the sequence (number of nucleotides at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of nucleotides in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 nucleotides were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is compared with a 100 nucleotide query sequence. This time the deletions are internal deletions so that there are no nucleotides on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only nucleotides 5' and 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
Vectors and Host Cell
The present invention also relates to vectors which include the isolated DNA molecules of the present invention, host cells comprising the recombinant vectors, and the production of S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention expressed by the host cells. Recombinant constructs may be introduced into host cells using well known techniques such as infection, transduction, transfection, transvection, electroporation and transformation. The vector may be, for example, a phage, plasmid, viral or retroviral vector. Retroviral vectors may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case, viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
The polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host. Generally, a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
Preferred are vectors comprising cis-acting control regions to the polynucleotide of interest. Appropriate trafw-acting factors may be supplied by the host, supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host. In certain preferred embodiments in this regard, the vectors provide for specific expression, which may be inducible and/or cell type-specific. Particularly preferred among such vectors are those inducible by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate, such as temperature and nutrient additives.
Expression vectors useful in the present invention include chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors, e.g., vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
The DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan. The expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating site at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated.
As indicated, the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker. Such markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin, or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria. Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
Among vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and ρQE9, pQElO available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A available from Stratagene; pET series of vectors available from Novagen; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia. Among preferred eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia. Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan. Among known bacterial promoters suitable for use in the present invention include the E. coli lacl and lacZ promoters, the T3, T5 and T7 promoters, the gpt promoter, the lambda PR and PL promoters and the trp promoter. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters, such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals (for example, Davis, et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986)).
Transcription of DNA encoding the polypeptides of the present invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 nucleotides that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type. Examples of enhancers include the SV40 enhancer, which is located on the late side of the replication origin at nucleotides 100 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. For secretion of the translated polypeptide into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum, into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment, appropriate secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide, for example, the amino acid sequence KDEL. The signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals. The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and may include not only secretion signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion, to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art. A preferred fusion protein comprises a heterologous region from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins. For example, EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of immunoglobulin molecules together with another human protein or part thereof. In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262). On the other hand, for some uses it would be desirable to be able to delete the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected and purified in the advantageous manner described. This is the case when Fc portion proves to be a hindrance to use in therapy and diagnosis, for example when the fusion protein is to be used as antigen for immunizations. In drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such as, hIL5-receptor has been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. See Bennett, D. et al. (1995) J. Molec. Recogn. 8:52-58 and Johanson, K. et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270 (16):9459-9471. The S. aureus polypeptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography and high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification. Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells.
Polypeptides and Fragments
The invention further provides an isolated S. aureus polypeptide having the amino acid sequence encoded by a plasmid clone listed in Table 1 , or an amino acid sequence in Table 1, or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a portion of the above polypeptides.
Variant and Mutant Polypeptides
To improve or alter the characteristics of S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or muteins including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins. Such modified polypeptides can show, e.g., enhanced activity or increased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions.
N-Terminal and C-Terminal Deletion Mutants
It is known in the art that one or more amino acids may be deleted from the N-terminus or C-terminus without substantial loss of biological function. For instance, Ron et al. J. Biol. Chem., 268:2984-2988 (1993), reported modified KGF proteins that had heparin binding activity even if 3, 8, or 27 N-terminal amino acid residues were missing. Accordingly, the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues deleted from the amino terminus of the amino acid sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides shown in Table 1 , and polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides. Similarly, many examples of biologically functional C-terminal deletion muteins are known. For instance, Interferon gamma shows up to ten times higher activities by deleting 8-10 amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of the protein See, e.g., Dobeli, et al. (1988) J. Biotechnology 7: 199-216. Accordingly, the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues from the carboxy terminus of the amino acid sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides shown in Table 1. The invention also provides polypeptides having one or more amino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxy 1 termini as described below.
The present invention is further directed to polynucleotide encoding portions or fragments of the amino acid sequences described herein as well as to portions or fragments of the isolated amino acid sequences described herein. Fragments include portions of the amino acid sequences of the Tables, sequence listing, and encoded by deposited cDNA clones, at least 7 contiguous amino acid in length, selected from any two integers, one of which representing a N-terminal position and another representing a C- terminal position. The first, or N-terminal most, codon of each polypeptide disclosed herein is position 1. Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy, on any given amino acid sequence is included in the invention as an individual specie. At least means a fragment may be 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length amino acid sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are species of contiguous fragments specified by any N-terminal and C-terminal positions of amino acid sequence set forth in the sequence listing or encoded by the deposited cDNA clones, wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1. The polypeptide fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification. Althouth it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species are included in the present invention. Further, the invention includes polypeptides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in amino acid residues, rather than by N-terminal and C-terminal positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous amino acid residues, selected from integers between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1. Preferred sizes of contiguous polypeptide fragments include at least 7 amino acid residues, at least 10 amino acid residues, at least 20 amino acid residues, at least 30 amino acid residues, at least 40 amino acid residues, at least 50 amino acid residues, at least 75 amino acid residues, at least 100 amino acid residues, at least 125 amino acid residues, at least 150 amino acid residues, at least 175 amino acid residues, at least 200 amino acid residues, at least 225 amino acid residues, at least 250 amino acid residues, at least 275 amino acid residues, at least 300 amino acid residues, at least 325 amino acid residues, at least 350 amino acid residues, at least 375 amino acid residues, at least 400 amino acid residues, at least 425 amino acid residues, and at least 450 amino acid residues. The preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify, not limit, the present invention as all size fragments representing any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1 are included in the invention.
The contiguous polypeptide fragments specified by size in amino acid residues of the present invention can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification. The present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above. Any number of fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above.
It is particularly pointed out that the above fragments need not be active since they would be useful, for example, in immunoassays, in epitope mapping, epitope tagging, to generate antibodies to a particular portion of the polypeptide, as vaccines, and as molecular weight markers.
Also preferred are polypeptide and polynucleotide fragments characterized by structural or functional domains, such as fragments that comprise alpha-helix and alpha- helix forming regions, beta-sheet and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn and turn-forming regions, coil and coil-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, surface-forming regions, substrate binding region, and high antigenic index regions. Other preferred fragments are biologically active fragments. Biologically active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the polypeptide of the present invention. The biological activity of the fragments may include an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity.
Other Mutants
In addition to N- and C-terminal deletion forms of the protein discussed above, it also will be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that some amino acid sequences of the S. aureus polypeptide can be varied without significant effect of the structure or function of the protein. If such differences in sequence are contemplated, it should be remembered that there will be critical areas on the protein which determine activity.
Thus, the invention further includes variations of the S. aureus polypeptides which show substantial 5. aureus polypeptide activity or which include regions of S. aureus protein such as the protein portions discussed below. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and type substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as to have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided. There are two main approaches for studying the tolerance of an amino acid sequence to change. See, Bowie, J. U. et al. (1990), Science 247:1306-1310. The first method relies on the process of evolution, in which mutations are either accepted or rejected by natural selection. The second approach uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acid changes at specific positions of a cloned gene and selections or screens to identify sequences that maintain functionality.
These studies have revealed that proteins are surprisingly tolerant of amino acid substitutions. The studies indicate which amino acid changes are likely to be permissive at a certain position of the protein. For example, most buried amino acid residues require nonpolar side chains, whereas few features of surface side chains are generally conserved. Other such phenotypically silent substitutions are described by Bowie et al. (supra) and the references cited therein. Typically seen as conservative substitutions are the replacements, one for another, among the aliphatic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu and He; interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr, exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu, substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gin, exchange of the basic residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr.
Thus, the fragment, derivative, analog, or homolog of the polypeptide of Table 1 , or that encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1, may be: (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code: or (ii) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group: or (iii) one in which the S. aureus polypeptide is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol): or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence. Such fragments, derivatives and analogs are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
Thus, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions, either from natural mutations or human manipulation. As indicated, changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein (see Table 3).
TABLE 3. Conservative Amino Acid Substitutions.
Figure imgf000044_0001
Amino acids in the S. aureus proteins of the present invention that are essential for function can be identified by methods known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis. See, e.g., Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244:1081-1085. The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity using assays appropriate for measuring the function of the particular protein. Of special interest are substitutions of charged amino acids with other charged or neutral amino acids which may produce proteins with highly desirable improved characteristics, such as less aggregation. Aggregation may not only reduce activity but also be problematic when preparing pharmaceutical formulations, because aggregates can be immunogenic. See, e.g., Pinckard et al., (1967) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 2:331-340; Robbins, et al., (1987) Diabetes 36:838-845; Cleland, et al., (1993) Crit. Rev. Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 10:307-377.
The polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and preferably are substantially purified. A recombinantly produced version of the S. aureus polypeptide can be substantially purified by the one-step method described by Smith et al. (1988) Gene 67:31-40. Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural or recombinant sources using antibodies directed against the polypeptides of the invention in methods which are well known in the art of protein purification.
The invention further provides for isolated 5. aureus polypeptides comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 excepting the N-terminal methionine; (c) the complete amino acid sequence encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1 ; and (d) the complete amino acid sequence excepting the N-terminal methionine encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1. The polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 80% identical, more preferably at least 90% identical, and still more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to those described in (a), (b), (c), and (d) above. Further polypeptides of the present invention include polypeptides which have at least 90% similarity, more preferably at least 95% similarity, and still more preferably at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% similarity to those described above.
A further embodiment of the invention relates to a polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, and not more than 20 conservative amino acid substitutions. Also provided are polypeptides which comprise the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide, having at least one, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions.
By a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention, it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence. In other words, to obtain a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a query amino acid sequence, up to 5% of the amino acid residues in the subject sequence may be inserted, deleted, (indels) or substituted with another amino acid. These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
As a practical matter, whether any particular polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to, for instance, the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 or to the amino acid sequence encoded by the plasmids listed in Table 1 can be determined conventionally using known computer programs. A preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al., (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245. In a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both amino acid sequences. The result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity. Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB amino acid alignment are: Matrix=PAM 0, k-tuple=2, Mismatch Penalty=l, Joining Penalty=20, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=l, Window Size=sequence length, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty=0.05, Window Size=500 or the length of the subject amino acid sequence, whichever is shorter.
If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence due to N- or C-terminal deletions, not because of internal deletions, the results, in percent identity, must be manually corrected. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the subject sequence when calculating global percent identity. For subject sequences truncated at the N- and C-termini, relative to the query sequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are N- and C-terminal of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only residues to the N- and C-termini of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are considered for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. That is, only query amino acid residues outside the farthest N- and C-terminal residues of the subject sequence. For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletion occurs at the N- terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not match/align with the first 10 residues at the N-terminus. The 10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of residues at the N- and C- termini not matched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 residue subject sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time the deletions are internal so there are no residues at the N- or C-termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only residue positions outside the N- and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, as displayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention.
The above polypeptide sequences are included irrespective of whether they have their normal biological activity. This is because even where a particular polypeptide molecule does not have biological activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the polypeptide, for instance, as a vaccine or to generate antibodies. Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention that do not have S. aureus activity include, inter alia, as epitope tags, in epitope mapping, and as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods known to those of skill in the art. As described below, the polypeptides of the present invention can also be used to raise polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, which are useful in assays for detecting S. aureus protein expression or as agonists and antagonists capable of enhancing or inhibiting S. aureus protein function. Further, such polypeptides can be used in the yeast two-hybrid system to "capture" S. aureus protein binding proteins which are also candidate agonists and antagonists according to the present invention. See, e.g., Fields et al. (1989) Nature 340:245-246.
Epitope-B earing Portions
In another aspect, the invention provides peptides and polypeptides comprising epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides of the present invention. These epitopes are immunogenic or antigenic epitopes of the polypeptides of the present invention. An "immunogenic epitope" is defined as a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response in vivo when the whole polypeptide of the present invention, or fragment thereof, is the immunogen. On the other hand, a region of a polypeptide to which an antibody can bind is defined as an "antigenic determinant" or "antigenic epitope." The number of in vivo immunogenic epitopes of a protein generally is less than the number of antigenic epitopes. See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 :3998- 4002. However, antibodies can be made to any antigenic epitope, regardless of whether it is an immunogenic epitope, by using methods such as phage display. See e.g., Petersen G. et al. (1995) Mol. Gen. Genet. 249:425-431. Therefore, included in the present invention are both immunogenic epitopes and antigenic epitopes.
A list of exemplified amino acid sequences comprising immunogenic epitopes of the invention are described herein. It is pointed out that these descriptions only lists amino acid residues comprising epitopes predicted to have the highest degree of antigenicity using the algorithm of Jameson and Wolf, (1988) Comp. Appl. Biosci. 4:181-186 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). The Jameson-Wolf antigenic analysis was performed using the computer program PROTEAN, using default parameters (Version 3.11 for the Power Macintosh, DNASTAR, Inc., 1228 South Park Street Madison, WI). Amino acid residues comprising other immunogenic epitopes may be routinely determined using algorithms similar to the Jameson-Wolf analysis or by in vivo testing for an antigenic response using methods known in the art. See, e.g., Gey sen et al., supra; U.S. Patents 4,708,781; 5, 194,392; 4,433,092; and 5,480,971 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). It is particularly pointed out that the described epitopic amino acid sequences comprise immunogenic epitopes. Table 2 lists only the critical residues of immunogenic epitopes determined by the Jameson-Wolf analysis. Thus, additional flanking residues on either the N-terminal, C-terminal, or both N- and C-terminal ends may be added to the sequences to generate an epitope-bearing polypeptide of the present invention. Therefore, the immunogenic epitopes may include additional N-terminal or C-terminal amino acid residues. The additional flanking amino acid residues may be contiguous flanking N-terminal and/or C-terminal sequences from the polypeptides of the present invention, heterologous polypeptide sequences, or may include both contiguous flanking sequences from the polypeptides of the present invention and heterologous polypeptide sequences.
Polypeptides of the present invention comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 7 amino acids residues in length. "At least" means that a polypeptide of the present invention comprising an immunogenic or antigenic epitope may be 7 amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 amino acids and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptides of the invention. Preferred polypeptides comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 amino acid residues in length. However, it is pointed out that each and every integer between 7 and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide are included in the present invention. The immuno and antigenic epitope-bearing fragments may be specified by either the number of contiguous amino acid residues, as described above, or further specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions of these fragments on the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 22. Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment of, for example, at least 7 or at ;east 15 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy on the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2 is included in the invention. Again, "at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length" means 7 amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 amino acids and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide of the present invention. Specifically, each and every integer between 7 and the number of amino acid residues of the full length polypeptide are included in the present invention. Immunogenic and antigenic epitope-bearing polypeptides of the invention are useful, for example, to make antibodies which specifically bind the polypeptides of the invention, and in immunoassays to detect the polypeptides of the present invention. The antibodies are useful, for example, in affinity purification of the polypeptides of the present invention. The antibodies may also routinely be used in a variety of qualitative or quantitative immunoassays, specifically for the polypeptides of the present invention using methods known in the art. See, e.g., Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; 2nd Ed. 1988). The epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention may be produced by any conventional means for making polypeptides including synthetic and recombinant methods known in the art. For instance, epitope-bearing peptides may be synthesized using known methods of chemical synthesis. For instance, Houghten has described a simple method for the synthesis of large numbers of peptides, such as 10-20 mgs of 248 individual and distinct 13 residue peptides representing single amino acid variants of a segment of the HA1 polypeptide, all of which were prepared and characterized (by ELISA-type binding studies) in less than four weeks (Houghten, R. A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985)). This "Simultaneous Multiple Peptide Synthesis (SMPS)" process is further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211 to Houghten and coworkers (1986). In this procedure the individual resins for the solid-phase synthesis of various peptides are contained in separate solvent-permeable packets, enabling the optimal use of the many identical repetitive steps involved in solid-phase methods. A completely manual procedure allows 500-1000 or more syntheses to be conducted simultaneously (Houghten et al. (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 82:5131-5135 at 5134. Epitope-bearing polypeptides of the present invention are used to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art including, but not limited to, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods. See, e.g., Sutcliffe, et al., supra; Wilson, et al., supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. If in vivo immunization is used, animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide antibody titer may be boosted by coupling of the peptide to a macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or tetanus toxoid. For instance, peptides containing cysteine residues may be coupled to a carrier using a linker such as -maleimidobenzoyl- N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other peptides may be coupled to carriers using a more general linking agent such as glutaraldehyde. Animals such as rabbits, rats and mice are immunized with either free or carrier-coupled peptides, for instance, by intraperitoneal and/or intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 μgs of peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant. Several booster injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody which can be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide adsorbed to a solid surface. The titer of anti-peptide antibodies in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according to methods well known in the art.
As one of skill in the art will appreciate, and discussed above, the polypeptides of the present invention comprising an immunogenic or antigenic epitope can be fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences. For example, the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused with the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgA, IgE, IgG, IgM), or portions thereof (CHI, CH2, CH3, any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof) resulting in chimeric polypeptides. These fusion proteins facilitate purification, and show an increased half-life in vivo. This has been shown, e.g., for chimeric proteins consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian immunoglobulins. See, e.g., EPA 0,394,827; Traunecker et al. (1988) Nature 331 :84-86. Fusion proteins that have a disulfide-linked dimeric structure due to the IgG portion can also be more efficient in binding and neutralizing other molecules than monomeric polypeptides or fragments thereof alone. See, e.g., Fountoulakis et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964. Nucleic acids encoding the above epitopes can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Antibodies
The present invention further relates to antibodies and T-cell antigen receptors (TCR) which specifically bind the polypeptides of the present invention. The antibodies of the present invention include IgG (including IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4), IgA (including IgAl and IgA2), IgD, IgE, or IgM, and IgY. As used herein, the term "antibody" (Ab) is meant to include whole antibodies, including single-chain whole antibodies, and antigen-binding fragments thereof. Most preferably the antibodies are human antigen binding antibody fragments of the present invention include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2, Fd, single-chain Fvs (scFv), single-chain antibodies, disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv) and fragments comprising either a VL or VH domain. The antibodies may be from any animal origin including birds and mammals. Preferably, the antibodies are human, murine, rabbit, goat, guinea pig, camel, horse, or chicken. Antigen-binding antibody fragments, including single-chain antibodies, may comprise the variable region(s) alone or in combination with the entire or partial of the following: hinge region, CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains. Also included in the invention are any combinations of variable region(s) and hinge region, CHI, CH2, and CH3 domains. The present invention further includes chimeric, humanized, and human monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies which specifically bind the polypeptides of the present invention. The present invention further includes antibodies which are anti-idiotypic to the antibodies of the present invention.
The antibodies of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of a polypeptide of the present invention or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as well as for heterologous compositions, such as a heterologous polypeptide or solid support material. See, e.g., WO 93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, A. et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:60-69; US Patents 5,573,920, 4,474,893, 5,601,819, 4,714,681, 4,925,648; Kostelny, S.A. et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553.
Antibodies of the present invention may be described or specified in terms of the epitope(s) or portion(s) of a polypeptide of the present invention which are recognized or specifically bound by the antibody. The epitope(s) or polypeptide portion(s) may be specified as described herein, e.g., by N-terminal and C-terminal positions, by size in contiguous amino acid residues, or listed in the Tables and Figures. Antibodies which specifically bind any epitope or polypeptide of the present invention may also be excluded. Therefore, the present invention includes antibodies that specifically bind polypeptides of the present invention, and allows for the exclusion of the same. Antibodies of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their cross-reactivity. Antibodies that do not bind any other analog, ortholog, or homolog of the polypeptides of the present invention are included. Antibodies that do not bind polypeptides with less than 95%, less than 90%, less than 85%, less than 80%, less than 75%, less than 70%, less than 65%, less than 60%, less than 55%, and less than 50% identity (as calculated using methods known in the art and described herein) to a polypeptide of the present invention are also included in the present invention. Further included in the present invention are antibodies which only bind polypeptides encoded by polynucleotides which hybridize to a polynucleotide of the present invention under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein). Antibodies of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their binding affinity. Preferred binding affinities include those with a dissociation constant or Kd less than 5X10"6M, 10' δM, 5X10-7M, 10"7M, 5X10'8M, 10"8M, 5X10^, lO 'M, 5X10-'°M, 10-'°M, 5X10-"M, 10" "M, 5X10'I2M, 10"12M, 5X10'13M, 10'13M, 5X10'1 M, 10-| M, 5X10'15M, and 10"15M.
Antibodies of the present invention have uses that include, but are not limited to, methods known in the art to purify, detect, and target the polypeptides of the present invention including both in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods. For example, the antibodies have use in immunoassays for qualitatively and quantitatively measuring levels of the polypeptides of the present invention in biological samples. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988) (incorporated by reference in the entirety).
The antibodies of the present invention may be used either alone or in combination with other compositions. The antibodies may further be recombinantly fused to a heterologous polypeptide at the N- or C-terminus or chemically conjugated (including covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to polypeptides or other compositions. For example, antibodies of the present invention may be recombinantly fused or conjugated to molecules useful as labels in detection assays and effector molecules such as heterologous polypeptides, drugs, or toxins. See, e.g., WO 92/08495; WO 91/14438; WO 89/12624; US Patent 5,314,995; and EP 0 396 387. The antibodies of the present invention may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art. For example, a polypeptide of the present invention or an antigenic fragment thereof can be administered to an animal in order to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma and recombinant technology. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANΗBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al, in: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND T-CELL HYBRIDOMAS 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). Fab and F(ab')2 fragments may be produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
Alternatively, antibodies of the present invention can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology or through synthetic chemistry using methods known in the art. For example, the antibodies of the present invention can be prepared using various phage display methods known in the art. In phage display methods, functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of a phage particle which carries polynucleotide sequences encoding them. Phage with a desired binding property are selected from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g. human or murine) by selecting directly with antigen, typically antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead. Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and Ml 3 with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein. Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman U. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50; Ames, R.S. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186; Kettleborough, CA. et al. (1994) Eur. J. Immunol. 24:952-958; Persic, L. et al. (1997) Gene 187 9-18; Burton, D.R. et al. (1994) Advances in Immunology 57:191-280; PCT/GB91/01134; WO 90/02809; WO 91/10737; WO 92/01047; WO 92/18619; WO 93/11236; WO 95/15982; WO 95/20401; and US Patents 5,698,426, 5,223,409, 5,403,484, 5,580,717, 5,427,908, 5,750,753, 5,821,047, 5,571 ,698, 5,427,908, 5,516,637, 5,780,225, 5,658,727 and 5,733,743 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
As described in the above references, after phage selection, the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies, including human antibodies, or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria. For example, techniques to recombinantly produce Fab, Fab' and F(ab')2 fragments can also be employed using methods known in the art such as those disclosed in WO 92/22324; Mullinax, R.L. et al. (1992) BioTechniques 12(6):864-869; and Sawai, H. et al. (1995) AJRI 34:26-34; and Better, M. et al. (1988) Science 240:1041-1043 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
Examples of techniques which can be used to produce single-chain Fvs and antibodies include those described in U.S. Patents 4,946,778 and 5,258,498; Huston et al. (1991) Methods in Enzymology 203:46-88; Shu, L. et al. (1993) PNAS 90:7995-7999; and Skerra, A. et al. (1988) Science 240:1038-1040. For some uses, including in vivo use of antibodies in humans and in vitro detection assays, it may be preferable to use chimeric, humanized, or human antibodies. Methods for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art. See e.g., Morrison, Science 229: 1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Gillies, S.D. et al. (1989) J. Immunol. Methods 125:191- 202; and US Patent 5,807,715. Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques including CDR-grafting (EP 0 239 400; WO 91/09967; US Patent 5,530,101 ; and 5,585,089), veneering or resurfacing (EP 0 592 106; EP 0 519 596; Padlan E.A., (1991) Molecular Immunology 28(4/5) :489-498; Studnicka G.M. et al. (1994) Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814; Roguska M.A. et al. (1994) PNAS 91 :969-973), and chain shuffling (US Patent 5,565,332). Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the art including phage display methods described above. See also, US Patents 4,444,887, 4,716,111, 5,545,806, and 5,814,318; and WO 98/46645 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
Further included in the present invention are antibodies recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalently and non-covalently conjugations) to a polypeptide of the present invention. The antibodies may be specific for antigens other than polypeptides of the present invention. For example, antibodies may be used to target the polypeptides of the present invention to particular cell types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to antibodies specific for particular cell surface receptors. Antibodies fused or conjugated to the polypeptides of the present invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and purification methods using methods known in the art. See e.g., Harbor et al. supra and WO 93/21232; EP 0 439 095; Naramura, M. et al. (1994) Immunol. Lett. 39:91-99; US Patent 5,474,981; Gillies, S.O. et al. (1992) PNAS 89:1428-1432; Fell, H.P. et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 146:2446-2452 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). The present invention further includes compositions comprising the polypeptides of the present invention fused or conjugated to antibody domains other than the variable regions. For example, the polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof. The antibody portion fused to a polypeptide of the present invention may comprise the hinge region, CHI domain, CH2 domain, and CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof. The polypeptides of the present invention may be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to increase the in vivo half life of the polypeptides or for use in immunoassays using methods known in the art. The polypeptides may also be fused or conjugated to the above antibody portions to form multimers. For example, Fc portions fused to the polypeptides of the present invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions. Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM. Methods for fusing or conjugating the polypeptides of the present invention to antibody portions are known in the art. See e.g., US Patents 5,336,603, 5,622,929, 5,359,046, 5,349,053, 5,447,851, 5,112,946; EP 0 307 434, EP 0 367 166; WO 96/04388, WO 91/06570; Ashkenazi, A. et al. (1991) PNAS 88:10535- 10539; Zheng, X.X. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. 154:5590-5600; and Vil, H. et al. (1992) PNAS 89:11337-11341 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
The invention further relates to antibodies which act as agonists or antagonists of the polypeptides of the present invention. For example, the present invention includes antibodies which disrupt the receptor/ligand interactions with the polypeptides of the invention either partially or fully. Included are both receptor-specific antibodies and ligand-specific antibodies. Included are receptor-specific antibodies which do not prevent ligand binding but prevent receptor activation. Receptor activation (i.e., signaling) may be determined by techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art. Also include are receptor-specific antibodies which both prevent ligand binding and receptor activation. Likewise, included are neutralizing antibodies which bind the ligand and prevent binding of the ligand to the receptor, as well as antibodies which bind the ligand, thereby preventing receptor activation, but do not prevent the ligand from binding the receptor. Further included are antibodies which activate the receptor. These antibodies may act as agonists for either all or less than all of the biological activities affected by ligand-mediated receptor activation. The antibodies may be specified as agonists or antagonists for biological activities comprising specific activities disclosed herein. The above antibody agonists can be made using methods known in the art. See e.g., WO 96/40281 ; US Patent 5,811,097; Deng, B. et al. (1998) Blood 92(6):1981-1988; Chen, Z. et al. (1998) Cancer Res. 58(16):3668-3678; Harrop, J.A. et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 161(4):1786-1794; Zhu, Z. et al. (1998) Cancer Res. 58(15):3209-3214; Yoon, D.Y. et al. (1998) J. Immunol. 160(7):3170-3179; Prat, M. et al. (1998) J. Cell. Sci. l l l(Pt2):237-247; Pitard, V. et al. (1997) J. Immunol. Methods 205(2):177-190; Liautard, J. et al. (1997) Cytokinde 9(4):233-241; Carlson, N.G. et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272(17):11295-11301; Taryman, R.E. et al. (1995) Neuron 14(4):755-762; Muller, Y.A. et al. (1998) Structure 6(9):1153-1 167; Bartunek, P. et al. (1996) Cytokine 8(1): 14-20 (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). Diagnostic Assays
The present invention further relates to methods for assaying staphylococcal infection in an animal by detecting the expression of genes encoding staphylococcal polypeptides of the present invention. The methods comprise analyzing tissue or body fluid from the animal for Staphylococcus-sipecific antibodies, nucleic acids, or proteins. Analysis of nucleic acid specific to Staphylococcus is assayed by PCR or hybridization techniques using nucleic acid sequences of the present invention as either hybridization probes or primers. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed., 1989, page 54 reference); Eremeeva et al. (1994) J. Clin. Microbiol. 32:803-810 (describing differentiation among spotted fever group Rickettsiae species by analysis of restriction fragment length polymorphism of PCR-amplified DNA) and Chen et al. 1994 J. Clin. Microbiol. 32:589-595 (detecting B. burgdorferi nucleic acids via PCR).
Where diagnosis of a disease state related to infection with Staphylococcus has already been made, the present invention is useful for monitoring progression or regression of the disease state whereby patients exhibiting enhanced Staphylococcus gene expression will experience a worse clinical outcome relative to patients expressing these gene(s) at a lower level.
By "biological sample" is intended any biological sample obtained from an animal, cell line, tissue culture, or other source which contains Staphylococcus polypeptide, mRNA, or DNA. Biological samples include body fluids (such as saliva, blood, plasma, urine, mucus, synovial fluid, etc.) tissues (such as muscle, skin, and cartilage) and any other biological source suspected of containing Staphylococcus polypeptides or nucleic acids. Methods for obtaining biological samples such as tissue are well known in the art.
The present invention is useful for detecting diseases related to Staphylococcus infections in animals. Preferred animals include monkeys, apes, cats, dogs, birds, cows, pigs, mice, horses, rabbits and humans. Particularly preferred are humans.
Total RNA can be isolated from a biological sample using any suitable technique such as the single-step guanidinium-thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform method described in Chomczynski et al. (1987) Anal. Biochem. 162: 156-159. mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides having sufficient homology to the nucleic acid sequences identified in Table 1 to allow for hybridization between complementary sequences are then assayed using any appropriate method. These include Northern blot analysis, S 1 nuclease mapping, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), and reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain reaction (RT-LCR).
Northern blot analysis can be performed as described in Harada et al. (1990) Cell 63:303-312. Briefly, total RNA is prepared from a biological sample as described above. For the Northern blot, the RNA is denatured in an appropriate buffer (such as glyoxal/dimethyl sulfoxide/sodium phosphate buffer), subjected to agarose gel electrophoresis, and transferred onto a nitrocellulose filter. After the RNAs have been linked to the filter by a UV linker, the filter is prehybridized in a solution containing formamide, SSC, Denhardt's solution, denatured salmon sperm, SDS, and sodium phosphate buffer. A S. aureus polypeptide DNA sequence shown in Table 1 labeled according to any appropriate method (such as the 32P-multiprimed DNA labeling system (Amersham)) is used as probe. After hybridization overnight, the filter is washed and exposed to x-ray film. DNA for use as probe according to the present invention is described in the sections above and will preferably at least 15 nucleotides in length. SI mapping can be performed as described in Fujita et al. (1987) Cell 49:357-367. To prepare probe DNA for use in SI mapping, the sense strand of an above-described S. aureus DNA sequence of the present invention is used as a template to synthesize labeled antisense DNA. The antisense DNA can then be digested using an appropriate restriction endonuclease to generate further DNA probes of a desired length. Such antisense probes are useful for visualizing protected bands corresponding to the target mRNA (i.e., mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides).
Levels of mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides are assayed, for e.g., using the RT-PCR method described in Makino et al. (1990) Technique 2:295-301. By this method, the radioactivities of the "amplicons" in the polyacrylamide gel bands are linearly related to the initial concentration of the target mRNA. Briefly, this method involves adding total RNA isolated from a biological sample in a reaction mixture containing a RT primer and appropriate buffer. After incubating for primer annealing, the mixture can be supplemented with a RT buffer, dNTPs, DTT, RNase inhibitor and reverse transcriptase. After incubation to achieve reverse transcription of the RNA, the RT products are then subject to PCR using labeled primers. Alternatively, rather than labeling the primers, a labeled dNTP can be included in the PCR reaction mixture. PCR amplification can be performed in a DNA thermal cycler according to conventional techniques. After a suitable number of rounds to achieve amplification, the PCR reaction mixture is electrophoresed on a polyacrylamide gel. After drying the gel, the radioactivity of the appropriate bands (corresponding to the mRNA encoding the Staphylococcus polypeptides of the present invention) are quantified using an imaging analyzer. RT and PCR reaction ingredients and conditions, reagent and gel concentrations, and labeling methods are well known in the art. Variations on the RT-PCR method will be apparent to the skilled artisan. Other PCR methods that can detect the nucleic acid of the present invention can be found in PCR PRIMER: A LABORATORY MANUAL (C.W. Dieffenbach et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press, 1995).
The polynucleotides of the present invention, including both DNA and RNA, may be used to detect polynucleotides of the present invention or Staphylococcal species including S. aureus using bio-chip technology. The present invention includes both high density chip arrays (>1000 oligonucleotides per cm2) and low density chip arrays (<1000 oligonucleotides per cm2). Bio-chips comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcal infection. The bio-chips of the present invention may comprise polynucleotide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polynucleotide sequences, in addition to the polynucleotide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The bio-chips can also be used to monitor an 5. aureus or other Staphylococcal infections and to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. The bio-chip technology comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of genes, including those of the present invention. In addition, the bio-chips of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds which bind to the polynucleotides of the present invention. The bio- chips may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds to the polynucleotides of the present invention. The polynucleotides used to comprise a selected array may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e., by their 5' and 3' positions or length in contiguous base pairs and include from. Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, using bio-chip technology include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent NOs: 5324633, 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5527681, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, 5658732 and World Patent Nos. WO/9710365, WO/9511995, WO/9743447, WO/9535505, each incorporated herein in their entireties. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect, diagnose, and monitor S. aureus or other Staphylococcal species and infections thereof. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect particular polynucleotides of the present invention. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. In addition, the biosensors of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds which bind to the polynucleotides of the present invention. The biosensors may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules, and other drug compounds to the polynucleotides of the present invention. Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, using biosensors include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent NOs 5721102, 5658732, 5631170, and World Patent Nos. WO/9735011, WO/9720203, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
Thus, the present invention includes both bio-chips and biosensors comprising polynucleotides of the present invention and methods of their use. Assaying Staphylococcus polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using any art-known method, such as antibody-based techniques. For example, Staphylococcus polypeptide expression in tissues can be studied with classical immunohistological methods. In these, the specific recognition is provided by the primary antibody (polyclonal or monoclonal) but the secondary detection system can utilize fluorescent, enzyme, or other conjugated secondary antibodies. As a result, an immunohistological staining of tissue section for pathological examination is obtained. Tissues can also be extracted, e.g., with urea and neutral detergent, for the liberation of Staphylococcus polypeptides for Western-blot or dot/slot assay. See, e.g., Jalkanen, M. et al. (1985) J. Cell. Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, M. et al. (1987) J. Cell . Biol. 105:3087-3096. In this technique, which is based on the use of cationic solid phases, quantitation of a Staphylococcus polypeptide can be accomplished using an isolated Staphylococcus polypeptide as a standard. This technique can also be applied to body fluids.
Other antibody-based methods useful for detecting Staphylococcus polypeptide gene expression include immunoassays, such as the ELISA and the radioimmunoassay (RIA). For example, a Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific monoclonal antibodies can be used both as an immunoabsorbent and as an enzyme-labeled probe to detect and quantify a Staphylococcus polypeptide. The amount of a Staphylococcus polypeptide present in the sample can be calculated by reference to the amount present in a standard preparation using a linear regression computer algorithm. Such an ELISA is described in Iacobelli et al. (1988) Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 11 :19-30. In another ELISA assay, two distinct specific monoclonal antibodies can be used to detect Staphylococcus polypeptides in a body fluid. In this assay, one of the antibodies is used as the immunoabsorbent and the other as the enzyme-labeled probe. The above techniques may be conducted essentially as a "one-step" or "two-step" assay. The "one-step" assay involves contacting the Staphylococcus polypeptide with immobilized antibody and, without washing, contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody. The "two-step" assay involves washing before contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody. Other conventional methods may also be employed as suitable. It is usually desirable to immobilize one component of the assay system on a support, thereby allowing other components of the system to be brought into contact with the component and readily removed from the sample. Variations of the above and other immunological methods included in the present invention can also be found in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
Suitable enzyme labels include, for example, those from the oxidase group, which catalyze the production of hydrogen peroxide by reacting with substrate. Glucose oxidase is particularly preferred as it has good stability and its substrate (glucose) is readily available. Activity of an oxidase label may be assayed by measuring the concentration of hydrogen peroxide formed by the enzyme-labeled antibody/substrate reaction. Besides enzymes, other suitable labels include radioisotopes, such as iodine (125I, 121I), carbon (14C), sulphur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (U2In), and technetium (99πTc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin. Further suitable labels for the Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific antibodies of the present invention are provided below. Examples of suitable enzyme labels include malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast-alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerol phosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase, and acetylcholine esterase.
Examples of suitable radioisotopic labels include 3H, "'In, 125I, 13II, 32P, 35S, ,4C, 51Cr, 57To, 58Co, 59Fe, 75Se, 152Eu, 90Y, 67Cu, 217Ci, 2,1At, 2,2Pb, 47Sc, 109Pd, etc. "'In is a preferred isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the l25I or 131I-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver. In addition, this radionucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging. See, e.g., Perkins et al. (1985) Eur. J. Nucl. Med. 10:296-301 ; Carasquillo et al. (1987) J. Nucl. Med. 28:281-287. For example, '"In coupled to monoclonal antibodies with l-(P-isothiocyanatobenzyl)-DPTA has shown little uptake in non-tumors tissues, particularly the liver, and therefore enhances specificity of tumor localization. See, Esteban et al. (1987) J. Nucl. Med. 28:861-870.
Examples of suitable non-radioactive isotopic labels include ι 7Gd, 55Mn, 162Dy, 52Tr, and 56Fe.
Examples of suitable fluorescent labels include an 152Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
Examples of suitable toxin labels include, Pseudomonas toxin, diphtheria toxin, ricin, and cholera toxin.
Examples of chemiluminescent labels include a luminal label, an isoluminal label, an aromatic acridinium ester label, an imidazole label, an acridinium salt label, an oxalate ester label, a luciferin label, a luciferase label, and an aequorin label.
Examples of nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and iron. Typical techniques for binding the above-described labels to antibodies are provided by Kennedy et al. (1976) Clin. Chim. Acta 70:1-31, and Schurs et al. (1977) Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1-40. Coupling techniques mentioned in the latter are the glutaraldehyde method, the periodate method, the dimaleimide method, the m-maleimidobenzyl-N-hydroxy-succinimide ester method, all of which methods are incorporated by reference herein.
In a related aspect, the invention includes a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antibodies specific against 5. aureus infection. Such a kit may include an isolated S. aureus antigen comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at least one anti-5. aureus antibody. Such a kit also includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the antigen. In specific embodiments, the kit may include a recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized peptide or polypeptide antigen. The peptide or polypeptide antigen may be attached to a solid support.
In a more specific embodiment, the detecting means of the above-described kit includes a solid support to which said peptide or polypeptide antigen is attached. Such a kit may also include a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the S. aureus antigen can be detected by binding of the reporter labeled antibody to the anti-5. aureus polypeptide antibody.
In a related aspect, the invention includes a method of detecting S. aureus infection in a subject. This detection method includes reacting a body fluid, preferably serum, from the subject with an isolated S. aureus antigen, and examining the antigen for the presence of bound antibody. In a specific embodiment, the method includes a polypeptide antigen attached to a solid support, and serum is reacted with the support. Subsequently, the support is reacted with a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. The support is then examined for the presence of reporter-labeled antibody. The solid surface reagent employed in the above assays and kits is prepared by known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96-well plates or filter material. These attachment methods generally include non-specific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent attachment of the protein , typically through a free amine group, to a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group. Alternatively, streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with biotinylated antigen(s).
The polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention, including fragments thereof, may be used to detect Staphylococcal species including S. aureus using bio-chip and biosensor technology. Bio-chip and biosensors of the present invention may comprise the polypeptides of the present invention to detect antibodies, which specifically recognize Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus. Bio-chip and biosensors of the present invention may also comprise antibodies which specifically recognize the polypeptides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus or specific polypeptides of the present invention. Bio-chips or biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcal infection. Thus, the present invention includes both bio-chips and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention and methods of their use.
The bio-chips of the present invention, discussed above, may further comprise polypeptide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the polypeptide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The bio-chips of the present invention may further comprise antibodies or fragments thereof specific for other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the antibodies or fragments thereof of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The bio-chips and biosensors of the present invention may also be used to monitor an S. aureus or other Staphylococcal infection and to monitor the genetic changes (amino acid deletions, insertions, substitutions, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. The bio-chip and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of polypeptides, including those of the present invention. In addition, the bio-chips and biosensors of the present invention may be used to screen large numbers of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules, and other drug compounds which bind to the polypeptides of the present invention. The bio-chips may also be used to measure relative binding or binding affinities (in on-rates or off-rates) of polynucleotides, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, small molecules and other drug compounds to the polypeptides of the present invention. The polypeptides used to comprise a bio-chip or biosensor of the present invention may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e., by their N-terminal and C-terminal positions or length in contiguous amino acid residue. Methods and particular uses of the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention to detect Staphylococcal species, including S. aureus, or specific polypeptides using bio-chip and biosensor technology include those known in the art, those of the U.S. Patent Nos. and World Patent Nos. listed above for bio-chips and biosensors using polynucleotides of the present invention, and those of: U.S. Patent NOs: 5324633, 5658732, 5135852, 5567301 , 5677196, 5690894 5527681, 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, and World Patent Nos. WO/9729366, WO/9612957, WO/9710365, WO/9511995, WO/9743447, WO/9535505, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
Treatment
Agonists and Antagonists - Assays and Molecules
The invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enhance or block the biological activity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. The present invention further provides where the compounds kill or slow the growth of 5. aureus. The ability of 5. aureus antagonists, including S. aureus ligands, to prophylactically or therapeutically block antibiotic resistance may be easily tested by the skilled artisan. See, e.g., Straden et al. (1997) J Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16. An agonist is a compound which increases the natural biological function or which functions in a manner similar to the polypeptides of the present invention, while antagonists decrease or eliminate such functions. Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity.
The antagonists may be employed for instance to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation. Antibodies against S. aureus may be employed to bind to and inhibit S. aureus activity to treat antibiotic resistance. Any of the above antagonists may be employed in a composition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Vaccines
The present invention also provides vaccines comprising one or more polypeptides of the present invention. Heterogeneity in the composition of a vaccine may be provided by combining S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. Multi-component vaccines of this type are desirable because they are likely to be more effective in eliciting protective immune responses against multiple species and strains of the Staphylococcus genus than single polypeptide vaccines. Multi-component vaccines are known in the art to elicit antibody production to numerous immunogenic components. See, e.g., Decker et al. (1996) J. Infect. Dis. 174:S270-275. In addition, a hepatitis B, diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis tetravalent vaccine has recently been demonstrated to elicit protective levels of antibodies in human infants against all four pathogenic agents. See, e.g., Aristegui, J. et al. (1997) Vaccine 15:7-9. The present invention in addition to single-component vaccines includes multi-component vaccines. These vaccines comprise more than one polypeptide, immunogen or antigen. Thus, a multi-component vaccine would be a vaccine comprising more than one of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
Further within the scope of the invention are whole cell and whole viral vaccines. Such vaccines may be produced recombinantly and involve the expression of one or more of the 5. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1. For example, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may be either secreted or localized intracellular, on the cell surface, or in the periplasmic space. Further, when a recombinant virus is used, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may, for example, be localized in the viral envelope; on the surface of the capsid, or internally within the capsid. Whole cells vaccines which employ cells expressing heterologous proteins are known in the art. See, e.g., Robinson, K. et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:653-657; Sirard, J. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:2029-2033; Chabalgoity, J. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:2402-2412 . These cells may be administered live or may be killed prior to administration.
Chabalgoity, J. et al., supra, for example, report the successful use in mice of a live attenuated Salmonella vaccine strain which expresses a portion of a platyhelminth fatty acid-binding protein as a fusion protein on its cells surface.
A multi-component vaccine can also be prepared using techniques known in the art by combining one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, or fragments thereof, with additional non-staphylococcal components (e.g., diphtheria toxin or tetanus toxin, and/or other compounds known to elicit an immune response). Such vaccines are useful for eliciting protective immune responses to both members of the Staphylococcus genus and non-staphylococcal pathogenic agents. The vaccines of the present invention also include DNA vaccines. DNA vaccines are currently being developed for a number of infectious diseases. See, et al., Boyer, et al. (1997) Nat. Med. 3:526-532; reviewed in Spier, R. (1996) Vaccine 14:1285-1288. Such DNA vaccines contain a nucleotide sequence encoding one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention oriented in a manner that allows for expression of the subject polypeptide. For example, the direct administration of plasmid DNA encoding B. burgdorgeri OspA has been shown to elicit protective immunity in mice against borrelial challenge. See, Luke et al. (1997) J. Infect. Dis. 175:91-97.
The present invention also relates to the administration of a vaccine which is co-administered with a molecule capable of modulating immune responses. Kim et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:641-646, for example, report the enhancement of immune responses produced by DNA immunizations when DNA sequences encoding molecules which stimulate the immune response are co-administered. In a similar fashion, the vaccines of the present invention may be co-administered with either nucleic acids encoding immune modulators or the immune modulators themselves. These immune modulators include granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) and CD86.
The vaccines of the present invention may be used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection by either passive or active immunization. When the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through active immunization, a vaccine of the present invention is administered to an animal to elicit a protective immune response which either prevents or attenuates a staphylococcal infection. When the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through passive immunization, the vaccine is provided to a host animal (e.g., human, dog, or mouse), and the antisera elicited by this antisera is recovered and directly provided to a recipient suspected of having an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
The ability to label antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, with toxin molecules provides an additional method for treating staphylococcal infections when passive immunization is conducted. In this embodiment, antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, capable of recognizing the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed herein, or fragments thereof, as well as other Staphylococcus proteins, are labeled with toxin molecules prior to their administration to the patient. When such toxin derivatized antibodies bind to Staphylococcus cells, toxin moieties will be localized to these cells and will cause their death.
The present invention thus concerns and provides a means for preventing or attenuating a staphylococcal infection resulting from organisms which have antigens that are recognized and bound by antisera produced in response to the polypeptides of the present invention. As used herein, a vaccine is said to prevent or attenuate a disease if its administration to an animal results either in the total or partial attenuation (i.e., suppression) of a symptom or condition of the disease, or in the total or partial immunity of the animal to the disease.
The administration of the vaccine (or the antisera which it elicits) may be for either a "prophylactic" or "therapeutic" purpose. When provided prophylactically, the compound(s) are provided in advance of any symptoms of staphylococcal infection. The prophylactic administration of the compound(s) serves to prevent or attenuate any subsequent infection. When provided therapeutically, the compound(s) is provided upon or after the detection of symptoms which indicate that an animal may be infected with a member of the Staphylococcus genus. The therapeutic administration of the compound(s) serves to attenuate any actual infection. Thus, the S. aureus polypeptides, and fragments thereof, of the present invention may be provided either prior to the onset of infection (so as to prevent or attenuate an anticipated infection) or after the initiation of an actual infection.
The polypeptides of the invention, whether encoding a portion of a native protein or a functional derivative thereof, may be administered in pure form or may be coupled to a macromolecular carrier. Example of such carriers are proteins and carbohydrates. Suitable proteins which may act as macromolecular carrier for enhancing the immunogenicity of the polypeptides of the present invention include keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) tetanus toxoid, pertussis toxin, bovine serum albumin, and ovalbumin. Methods for coupling the polypeptides of the present invention to such macromolecular carriers are disclosed in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
A composition is said to be "pharmacologically or physiologically acceptable" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient animal and is otherwise suitable for administration to that animal. Such an agent is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. While in all instances the vaccine of the present invention is administered as a pharmacologically acceptable compound, one skilled in the art would recognize that the composition of a pharmacologically acceptable compound varies with the animal to which it is administered. For example, a vaccine intended for human use will generally not be co-administered with Freund's adjuvant. Further, the level of purity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention will normally be higher when administered to a human than when administered to a non-human animal.
As would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, when the vaccine of the present invention is provided to an animal, it may be in a composition which may contain salts, buffers, adjuvants, or other substances which are desirable for improving the efficacy of the composition. Adjuvants are substances that can be used to specifically augment a specific immune response. These substances generally perform two functions: (1) they protect the antigen(s) from being rapidly catabolized after administration and (2) they nonspecifically stimulate immune responses.
Normally, the adjuvant and the composition are mixed prior to presentation to the immune system, or presented separately, but into the same site of the animal being immunized. Adjuvants can be loosely divided into several groups based upon their composition. These groups include oil adjuvants (for example, Freund's complete and incomplete), mineral salts (for example, A1K(S04)2, AlNa(S04)2, A1NH4(S04), silica, kaolin, and carbon), polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids), and certain natural substances (for example, wax D from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in Corynebacterium parvum, or Bordetella pertussis, and members of the genus Brucella. Other substances useful as adjuvants are the saponins such as, for example, Quil A. (Superfos A/S, Denmark). Preferred adjuvants for use in the present invention include aluminum salts, such as A1K(S04),, AlNa(S04),, and A1NH4(S04). Examples of materials suitable for use in vaccine compositions are provided in
REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 1324-1341 (A. Osol, ed, Mack Publishing Co, Easton, PA, (1980) (incorporated herein by reference).
The therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, rapid infusion, nasopharyngeal absorption (intranasopharangeally), dermoabsorption, or orally. The compositions may alternatively be administered intramuscularly, or intravenously. Compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Carriers or occlusive dressings can be used to increase skin permeability and enhance antigen absorption. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may generally comprise a liposome solution containing the liquid dosage form. Suitable forms for suspending liposomes include emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as purified water. Besides the inert diluents, such compositions can also include adjuvants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, or sweetening, flavoring, or perfuming agents.
Therapeutic compositions of the present invention can also be administered in encapsulated form. For example, intranasal immunization using vaccines encapsulated in biodegradable microsphere composed of poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide). See, Shahin, R. et al. (1995) Infect. Immun. 63:1195-1200. Similarly, orally administered encapsulated Salmonella typhimurium antigens can also be used. Allaoui-Attarki, K. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:853-857. Encapsulated vaccines of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including those involving contacting the vaccine with mucous membranes (e.g., intranasally, intracolonicly, intraduodenally).
Many different techniques exist for the timing of the immunizations when a multiple administration regimen is utilized. It is possible to use the compositions of the invention more than once to increase the levels and diversities of expression of the immunoglobulin repertoire expressed by the immunized animal. Typically, if multiple immunizations are given, they will be given one to two months apart.
According to the present invention, an "effective amount" of a therapeutic composition is one which is sufficient to achieve a desired biological effect. Generally, the dosage needed to provide an effective amount of the composition will vary depending upon such factors as the animal's or human's age, condition, sex, and extent of disease, if any, and other variables which can be adjusted by one of ordinary skill in the art.
The antigenic preparations of the invention can be administered by either single or multiple dosages of an effective amount. Effective amounts of the compositions of the invention can vary from 0.01-1,000 μg/ml per dose, more preferably 0.1-500 μg/ml per dose, and most preferably 10-300 μg/ml per dose. Examples
Example 1: Isolation of a Selected DNA Clone From the Deposited Sample
Three approaches can be used to isolate a S. aureus clone comprising a polynucleotide of the present invention from any S. aureus genomic DNA library. The S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited as a convienent source for obtaining a S. aureus strain although a wide varity of strains S. aureus strains can be used which are known in the art.
S. aureus genomic DNA is prepared using the following method. A 20ml overnight bacterial culture grown in a rich medium (e.g., Trypticase Soy Broth, Brain Heart Infusion broth or Super broth), pelleted, washed two times with TES (30mM Tris- pH 8.0, 25mM EDTA, 50mM NaCl), and resuspended in 5ml high salt TES (2.5M NaCl). Lysostaphin is added to final concentration of approx 50ug/ml and the mixture is rotated slowly 1 hour at 37C to make protoplast cells. The solution is then placed in incubator (or place in a shaking water bath) and warmed to 55C. Five hundred micro liter of 20% sarcosyl in TES (final concentration 2%) is then added to lyse the cells. Next, guanidine HC1 is added to a final concentration of 7M (3.69g in 5.5 ml). The mixture is swirled slowly at 55C for 60-90 min (solution should clear). A CsCl gradient is then set up in SW41 ultra clear tubes using 2.0ml 5.7M CsCl and overlaying with 2.85M CsCl. The gradient is carefully overlayed with the DNA-containing GuHCl solution. The gradient is spun at 30,000 rpm, 20C for 24 hr and the lower DNA band is collected. The volume is increased to 5 ml with TE buffer. The DNA is then treated with protease K ( 10 ug/ml) overnight at 37 C, and precipitated with ethanol. The precipitated DNA is resuspended in a desired buffer. In the first method, a plasmid is directly isolated by screening a plasmid S. aureus genomic DNA library using a polynucleotide probe corresponding to a polynucleotide of the present invention. Particularly, a specific polynucleotide with 30-40 nucleotides is synthesized using an Applied Biosystems DNA synthesizer according to the sequence reported. The oligonucleotide is labeled, for instance, with 32P-γ-ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase and purified according to routine methods. (See, e.g., Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring, NY (1982).) The library is transformed into a suitable host, as indicated above (such as XL-1 Blue (Stratagene)) using techniques known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989). The transformants are plated on 1.5% agar plates (containing the appropriate selection agent, e.g., ampicillin) to a density of about 150 transformants (colonies) per plate. These plates are screened using Nylon membranes according to routine methods for bacterial colony screening. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989) or other techniques known to those of skill in the art. Alternatively, two primers of 15-25 nucleotides derived from the 5' and 3' ends of a polynucleotide of Table 1 are synthesized and used to amplify the desired DNA by PCR using a S. aureus genomic DNA prep (e.g., the deposited S. aureus ISP3) as a template. PCR is carried out under routine conditions, for instance, in 25 μl of reaction mixture with 0.5 ug of the above DNA template. A convenient reaction mixture is 1.5-5 mM MgCl2, 0.01% (w/v) gelatin, 20 μM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 25 pmol of each primer and 0.25 Unit of Taq polymerase. Thirty five cycles of PCR (denaturation at 94°C for 1 min; annealing at 55°C for 1 min; elongation at 72°C for 1 min) are performed with a Perkin-Elmer Cetus automated thermal cycler. The amplified product is analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis and the DNA band with expected molecular weight is excised and purified. The PCR product is verified to be the selected sequence by subcloning and sequencing the DNA product.
Finally, overlapping oligos of the DNA sequences of Table 1 can be synthesized and used to generate a nucleotide sequence of desired length using PCR methods known in the art.
Example 2(a): Expression and Purification staphylococcal polypeptides in E. coli
The bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example. (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). pQE60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr") and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an IPTG inducible promoter, a ribosome binding site ("RBS"), six codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites. These elements are arranged such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the carboxyl terminus of that polypeptide.
The DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of a S. aureus protein of the present invention is amplified from S. aureus genomic DNA or from the deposited DNA clone using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' sequences coding for the portion of the S. aureus polynucleotide. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' sequences, respectively.
For cloning the mature protein, the 5' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of the complete protein shorter or longer than the mature form. The 3' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides complementary to the 3' end of the desired coding sequence of Table 1, excluding a stop codon, with the coding sequence aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of the six His codons in the pQE60 vector.
The amplified S. aureus DNA fragment and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes which recognize the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. The S. aureus DNA is inserted into the restricted pQE60 vector in a manner which places the S. aureus protein coding region downstream from the IPTG- inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG and the six histidine codons. The ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al., supra.. E. coli strain M15/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing a S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 μg/ml) and kanamycin (25 μg/ml). The O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250. The cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. Isopropyl-β-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG") is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor. Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells then are harvested by centrifugation.
The cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in 6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8. The cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and the supernatant containing the S. aureus polypeptide is loaded onto a nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin column (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Proteins with a 6 x His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simple one-step procedure (for details see: The
QIAexpressionist, 1995, QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Briefly the supernatant is loaded onto the column in 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 8, the column is first washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 8, then washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl pH 6, and finally the S. aureus polypeptide is eluted with 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 5. The purified protein is then renatured by dialyzing it against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or 50 mM Na-acetate, pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be successfully refolded while immobilized on the Ni-NTA column. The recommended conditions are as follows: renature using a linear 6M-1M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 20 mM Tris ΗCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. The renaturation should be performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more. After renaturation the proteins can be eluted by the addition of 250 mM immidazole. Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBS or 50 mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. The purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80° C. Alternatively, the polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by a non-denaturing method. In this method, after the cells are harvested by centrifugation, the cell pellet from each liter of culture is resuspended in 25 ml of Lysis Buffer A at 4°C (Lysis Buffer A = 50 mM Na-phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 10% Glycerol, pH 7.5 with 1 tablet of Complete EDTA-free protease inhibitor cocktail (Boehringer Mannheim #1873580) per 50 ml of buffer). Absorbance at 550 nm is approximately 10-20 O.DVml. The suspension is then put through three freeze/thaw cycles from -70°C (using a ethanol-dry ice bath) up to room temperature. The cells are lysed via sonication in short 10 sec bursts over 3 minutes at approximately 80W while kept on ice. The sonicated sample is then centrifuged at 15,000 RPM for 30 minutes at 4°C. The supernatant is passed through a column containing 1.0 ml of CL-4B resin to pre-clear the sample of any proteins that may bind to agarose non-specifically, and the flow-through fraction is collected.
The pre-cleared flow-through is applied to a nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni- NTA") affinity resin column (Quiagen, Inc., supra). Proteins with a 6 X His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simple one-step procedure. Briefly, the supernatant is loaded onto the column in Lysis Buffer A at 4°C, the column is first washed with 10 volumes of Lysis Buffer A until the A280 of the eluate returns to the baseline. Then, the column is washed with 5 volumes of 40 mM Imidazole (92% Lysis Buffer A / 8% Buffer B) (Buffer B = 50 mM Na-Phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% Glycerol, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 500 mM Imidazole, pH of the final buffer should be 7.5). The protein is eluted off of the column with a series of increasing Imidazole solutions made by adjusting the ratios of Lysis Buffer A to Buffer B. Three different concentrations are used: 3 volumes of 75 mM Imidazole, 3 volumes of 150 mM Imidazole, 5 volumes of 500 mM Imidazole. The fractions containing the purified protein are analyzed using 8 %, 10 % or 14% SDS-PAGE depending on the protein size. The purified protein is then dialyzed 2X against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) in order to place it into an easily workable buffer. The purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80°
The following is another alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm (Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
The cells are then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics, Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi. The homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min. The resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4.
The resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
Following high speed centrifugation (30,000 x g) to remove insoluble particles, the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring. The refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
To clarify the refolded S. aureus polypeptide solution, a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 μm membrane filter with appropriate surface area (e.g., Filtron), equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed. The filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems). The column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner. The absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water. The diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM-20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins. The columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl. The CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
The resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 μg of purified protein is loaded. The purified protein is also tested for endotoxin LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
Example 2(b): Expression and Purification staphylococcal polypeptides in E. coli Alternatively, the vector pQElO can be used to clone and express polypeptides of the present invention. The difference being such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the amino terminus of that polypeptide. The bacterial expression vector pQElO (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311) is used in this example . The components of the pQElO plasmid are arranged such that the inserted DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention expresses the polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag")) covalently linked to the amino terminus.
The DNA sequences encoding the desired portions of a polypeptide of Table 1 or expressed by the plasmids listed in Table 1 are amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers from either genomic S. aureus DNA or DNA from the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 clones of the present invention. The PCR primers anneal to the nucleotide sequences encoding the desired amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the present invention. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQElO vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences, respectively.
For cloning a polypeptide of the present invention, the 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begins may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention. The 5' primer is designed so the coding sequence of the 6 X His tag is aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of S. aureus polypeptide. The 3' is designed to include an stop codon. The amplified DNA fragment is then cloned, and the protein expressed, as described above for the pQE60 plasmid. The DNA sequences encoding the amino acid sequences of Table 1 may also be cloned and expressed as fusion proteins by a protocol similar to that described directly above, wherein the pET-32b(+) vector (Novagen, 601 Science Drive, Madison, WI 53711) is preferentially used in place of pQElO. Example 2(c): Expression and Purification of Stahphlococcusl polypeptides in E. coli
The bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). However, in this example, the polypeptide coding sequence is inserted such that translation of the six His codons is prevented and, therefore, the polypeptide is produced with no 6 X His tag. The DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of the S. aureus amino acid sequence is amplified from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' nucleotide sequences corresponding to the desired portion of the S. aureus polypeptides. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences.
For cloning a S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention. The 3' and 5' primers contain appropriate restriction sites followed by nucleotides complementary to the 5' and 3' ends of the coding sequence respectively. The 3' primer is additionally designed to include an in-frame stop codon. The amplified S. aureus DNA fragments and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes recognizing the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. Insertion of the S. aureus DNA into the restricted pQE60 vector places the S. aureus protein coding region including its associated stop codon downstream from the IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG. The associated stop codon prevents translation of the six histidine codons downstream of the insertion point. The ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al. E. coli strain M15/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing. Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 μg/ml) and kanamycin (25 μg/ml). The O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1 :25 to 1 :250. The cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG") is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor. Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells then are harvested by centrifugation.
To purify the S. aureus polypeptide, the cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in 6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8. The cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and the supernatant containing the S. aureus polypeptide is dialyzed against 50 mM Na-acetate buffer pH 6, supplemented with 200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be successfully refolded by dialyzing it against 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 25 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. After renaturation the protein can be purified by ion exchange, hydrophobic interaction and size exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, an affinity chromatography step such as an antibody column can be used to obtain pure S. aureus polypeptide. The purified protein is stored at 4°C or frozen at -80° C.
The following alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus polypeptides expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm (Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
The cells ware then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics, Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi. The homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min. The resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4.
The resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
Following high speed centrifugation (30,000 x g) to remove insoluble particles, the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring. The refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
To clarify the refolded S. aureus polypeptide solution, a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 μm membrane filter with appropriate surface area (e.g., Filtron), equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed. The filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems). The column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner. The absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS-PAGE.
Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water. The diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM-20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins. The columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl. The CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
The resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 μg of purified protein is loaded. The purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
Example 2(d): Cloning and Expression of S. aureus in Other Bacteria S. aureus polypeptides can also be produced in: S. aureus using the methods of S.
Skinner et al., (1988) Mol. Microbiol. 2:289-297 or J. I. Moreno (1996) Protein Expr.
Purif. 8(3):332-340; Lactobacillus using the methods of C. Rush et al., 1997 Appl.
Microbiol. Biotechnol. 47(5):537-542; or in Bacillus subtilis using the methods Chang et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,952,508.
Example 3: Cloning and Expression in COS Cells
A S. aureus expression plasmid is made by cloning a portion of the DNA encoding a S. aureus polypeptide into the expression vector pDNAI/Amp or pDNAIII
(which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.). The expression vector pDNAI/amp contains: (1) an E. coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and other prokaryotic cells; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-containing prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for propagation in eukaryotic cells;
(4) a CMV promoter, a poly linker, an SV40 intron; (5) several codons encoding a hemagglutinin fragment (i.e., an "HA" tag to facilitate purification) followed by a termination codon and polyadenylation signal arranged so that a DNA can be conveniently placed under expression control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polyadenylation signal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker. The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein described by Wilson et al. 1984 Cell 37:767. The fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection and recovery of the recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA epitope. pDNAUI contains, in addition, the selectable neomycin marker.
A DNA fragment encoding a S. aureus polypeptide is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter. The plasmid construction strategy is as follows. The DNA from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep is amplified using primers that contain convenient restriction sites, much as described above for construction of vectors for expression of S. aureus in E. coli. The 5' primer contains a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide. The 3' primer, contains nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus DNA, a stop codon, and a convenient restriction site.
The PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector, pDNAI/Amp, are digested with appropriate restriction enzymes and then ligated. The ligation mixture is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain such as SURE™ (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, CA 92037), and the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and examined by restriction analysis or other means for the presence of the fragment encoding the S. aureus polypeptide For expression of a recombinant S. aureus polypeptide, COS cells are transfected with an expression vector, as described above, using DEAE-dextran, as described, for instance, by Sambrook et al. (supra). Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of S. aureus by the vector.
Expression of the S. aureus-HA fusion protein is detected by radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation, using methods described in, for example Harlow et al., supra.. To this end, two days after transfection, the cells are labeled by incubation in media containing 35S-cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the lysed with detergent-containing RIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP- 40, 0.1% SDS, 1 % NP-40, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM TRIS, pH 7.5, as described by Wilson et al. (supra ). Proteins are precipitated from the cell lysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibody. The precipitated proteins then are analyzed by SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell lysate, which is not seen in negative controls. Example 4: Cloning and Expression in CHO Cells
The vector pC4 is used for the expression of S. aureus polypeptide in this example. Plasmid pC4 is a derivative of the plasmid pSV2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146). The plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene under control of the SV40 early promoter. Chinese hamster ovary cells or other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM, Life Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been well documented. See, e.g., Alt et al., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253:1357-1370; Hamlin et al., 1990, Biochem. et Biophys. Acta, 1097:107-143; Page et al., 1991, Biotechnology 9:64-68. Cells grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the drug by overproducing the target enzyme, DHFR, as a result of amplification of the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the DHFR gene, it is usually co-amplified and over-expressed. It is known in the art that this approach may be used to develop cell lines carrying more than 1,000 copies of the amplified gene(s). Subsequently, when the methotrexate is withdrawn, cell lines are obtained which contain the amplified gene integrated into one or more chromosome(s) of the host cell.
Plasmid pC4 contains the strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus, for expressing a polypeptide of interest, Cullen, et al. (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447; plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immediate early gene of human cytomegalovirus (CMV), Boshart, et al., 1985, Cell 41 :521-530. Downstream of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: Bam HI, Xba I, and Asp 718. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the human β-actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and HTLVI. Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar systems can be used to express the S. aureus polypeptide in a regulated way in mammalian cells (Gossen et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551. For the polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals, e.g., from the human growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well. Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes can also be selected upon co- transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus methotrexate.
The plasmid pC4 is digested with the restriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal phosphates by procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolated from a 1 % agarose gel. The DNA sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' sequences of the desired portion of the gene. A 5' primer containing a restriction site, a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide is synthesized and used. A 3' primer, containing a restriction site, stop codon, and nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides is synthesized and used. The amplified fragment is digested with the restriction endonucleases and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel. The isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase. E. coli HB101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4 using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis. Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene are used for transfection. Five μg of the expression plasmid pC4 is cotransfected with 0.5 μg of the plasmid pSVneo using a lipid-mediated transfection agent such as Lipofectin™ or LipofectAMINE.™ (LifeTechnologies Gaithersburg, MD). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominant selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418. After about 10-14 days single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6- well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6- well plates containing even higher concentrations of methotrexate (1 μM, 2 μM, 5 μM, 10 mM, 20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained which grow at a concentration of 100-200 μM. Expression of the desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reversed phase HPLC analysis.
Example 5: Quantitative Murine Soft Tissue Infection Model for S. aureus
Compositions of the present invention, including polypeptides and peptides, are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following quantitative murine soft tissue infection model. Mice (e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old) are first treated with a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988). An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal. The desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice, such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture. The culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X lQ8cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered. The desired doses are further diluted 1:2 with sterilized Cytodex 3 microcarrier beads preswollen in sterile PBS (3g/100ml). Mice are anesthetize briefly until docile, but still mobile and injected with 0.2 ml of the Cytodex 3 bead/bacterial mixture into each animal subcutaneously in the inguinal region. After four days, counting the day of injection as day one, mice are sacrificed and the contents of the abscess is excised and placed in a 15 ml conical tube containing 1.0ml of sterile PBS. The contents of the abscess is then enzymatically treated and plated as follows.
The abscess is first disrupted by vortexing with sterilized glass beads placed in the tubes. 3.0mls of prepared enzyme mixture (1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0 mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS) is then added to each tube followed by a 20 min. incubation at 37C. The solution is then centrifuged and the supernatant drawn off. 0.5 ml dH20 is then added and the tubes are vortexed and then incubated for 10 min. at room temperature. 0.5 ml media is then added and samples are serially diluted and plated onto agar plates, and grown overnight at 37C. Plates with distinct and separate colonies are then counted, compared to positive and negative control samples, and quantified. The method can be used to identify composition and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
Example 6: Murine Systemic Neutropenic Model for S. aureus Infection Compositions of the present invention, including polypeptides and peptides, are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following qualitative murine systemic neutropenic model. Mice (e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old) are first treated with a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988). An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal. Mice are then injected with 250 - 300 mg/kg cyclophosphamide intraperitonially.
Counting the day of C.P. injection as day one, the mice are left untreated for 5 days to begin recovery of PMNL'S.
The desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice, such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture. The culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 10s cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered. The desired doses -ire further diluted 1:2 in 4% Brewer's yeast in media.
Mice are injected with the bacteria/brewer's yeast challenge intraperitonially. The
Brewer's yeast solution alone is used as a control. The mice are then monitored twice daily for the first week following challenge, and once a day for the next week to ascertain morbidity and mortality. Mice remaining at the end of the experiment are sacrificed.
The method can be used to identify compositions and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art. The disclosure of all publications (including patents, patent applications, journal articles, laboratory manuals, books, or other documents) cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein, which are intended as single illustrations of individual aspects of the invention. Functionally equivalent methods and components are within the scope of the invention, in addition to those shown and described herein and will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying drawings. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Applicant's or agent's file International application Nc reference number PB461PCT UNASSIGNξD,
INDICATIONS RELATING TO A DEPOSITED OROORGANISM
(PCT Rule I3bis)
Figure imgf000083_0001
For receiving Office use only For International Bureau use only
This sheet was received with the international application | j This sheet was received by the International Bureau on:
Authorized officer
Figure imgf000083_0002
Form PCT/RO/134 (July 1992) 81 1
Figure imgf000084_0001
INDICATIONS RELATING TO A DEPOSITED MICROORGANISM
Figure imgf000084_0002
A. The indications made below relate to the microorganism referred to in the descπpuon on page 16 , hne 17
B. IDENTIFICATIONOFDEPOSΓΓ Further deposits are identified on an additional sheet | |
Name of depositary insutution American Type Culture Collection
Address of depositary institution (including postal code and country)
10801 University Boulevard Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209 United States of America
Date of deposit Accession Number
April 7, 1998 202108
C ADDITIONAL INDICATIONS (leave blank if not applicable) This information is continued on an additional sheet f_J
D. DESIGNATED STATES FOR WHICH INDICATIONS ARE MADE (if the indications are notfor all designated Stales)
EUROPE
In respect to those designations in which a European Patent is sought a sample of the deposited microorganism will be made available until the publication of the mention of the g rant of the European patent or until the date on which application has been refused or withdrawn or is deemed to be withdrawn, only by the issue of such a sample to an expert nominated by the person requesting the sample (Rule 28 (4)
EPC).
E. SEPARATE FURNISHING OF INDICATIONS (leave blank if not applicable)
The indications listed below will be submitted to the International Bureau later (specify the general nature of the indications e g , Accession Number of Deposit ')
For receiving Office use only For International B ureau use only
I I This sheet was received with the international application j | This sheet was received by the International Bureau on
Authoπzed officer Authoπzed officer
PCT Iniβfnattøw* wvteton
Form PCT/RO/134 (July 1992) 81/2
CANADA
The applicant requests that, until either a Canadian patent has been issued on the basis of an application or the application has been refused, or is abandoned and no longer subject to reinstatement, or is withdrawn, the Commissioner of Patents only authorizes the furnishing of a sample of the deposited biological material referred to in the application to an independent expert nominated by the Commissioner, the applicant must, by a written statement, inform the International Bureau accordingly before completion of technical preparations for publication of the international application.
NORWAY
The applicant hereby requests that the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Norwegian Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Norwegian Patent Office without having been laid open inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Norwegian Patent Office not later than at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Norwegian Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on the list of recognized experts drawn up by the Norwegian Patent Office or any person approved by the applicant in the individual case.
AUSTRALIA
The applicant hereby gives notice that the furnishing of a sample of a microorganism shall only be effected prior to the grant of a patent, or prior to the lapsing, refusal or withdrawal of the application, to a person who is a skilled addressee without an interest in the invention (Regulation 3.25(3) of the Australian Patents Regulations).
FINLAND
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the National Board of Patents and Regulations), or has been finally decided upon by the National Board of Patents and Registration without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
UNITED KINGDOM
The applicant hereby requests that the furnishing of a sample of a microorganism shall only be made available to an expert. The request to this effect must be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the completion of the technical preparations for the international publication of the application. 81 /3
DENMARK
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Danish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Danish Patent office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Danish Patent Office not later that at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Danish Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Danish Patent Office or any person by the applicant in the individual case.
SWEDEN
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Swedish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Swedish Patent Office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the expiration of 16 months from the priority date (preferably on the Form PCT/RO/134 reproduced in annex Z of Volume I of the PCT Applicant's Guide). If such a request has been filed by the applicant any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Swedish Patent Office or any person approved by a applicant in the individual case.
NETHERLANDS
The applicant hereby requests that until the date of a grant of a Netherlands patent or until the date on which the application is refused or withdrawn or lapsed, the microorganism shall be made available as provided in the 31F(1) of the Patent Rules only by the issue of a sample to an expert. The request to this effect must be furnished by the applicant with the Netherlands Industrial Property Office before the date on which the application is made available to the public under Section 22C or Section 25 of the Patents Act of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, whichever of the two dates occurs earlier.

Claims

82What Is Claimed Is:
1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a nucleotide sequence encoding any one of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1; or
(b) a nucleotide sequence complementary to -any one of the nucleotide sequences in (a).
(c) a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to any one of the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1 ; or,
(d) a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a nucleotide sequence complementary to any one of the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1.
2. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence identical to a nucleotide sequence in (a) or (b) of claim 1.
3. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which encodes an epitope-bearing portion of a polypeptide in (a) of claim 1.
4. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 3, wherein said epitope-bearing portion of a polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence listed in Table 2.
5. A method for making a recombinant vector comprising inserting an isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 into a vector.
6. A recombinant vector produced by the method of claim 5.
7. A host cell comprising a vector of claim 6.
8. A method of producing a polypeptide comprising:
(a) growing host cell of claim 7 such that the protein is expressed by the cell; and (c) recovering the expressed femX polypeptide.
9. An isolated polypeptide comprising a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a polypeptide consisting of one the complete amino acids sequences of Table 1 ;
(b) a polypeptide consisting of one the complete amino acids sequences of Table 1 except the N-terminal residue;
(c) a fragment of the polypeptide of (a) having biological activity; and 83
(d) a fragment of the polypeptide of (a) which binds to an antibody specific for the polypeptide of (a).
10. The isolated polypeptide of claim 9 wherein said polypeptide is (a).
11. The isolated polypeptide of claim 9 wherein said polypeptide is (b).
12. The isolated polypeptide of claim 9 wherein said polypeptide is (c).
13. The isolated polypeptide of claim 9 wherein said polypeptide is (d).
14. An isolated antibody specific for the polypeptide of claim 9.
15. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 10.
16. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 11.
17. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 12.
18. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to the polypeptide of claim 13.
19. A polypeptide produced according to the method of claim 8.
20. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a sequence selected from the group consisting of an amino acid sequence of any one of the polypeptides in Table 1.
21. An isolated polypeptide antigen comprising an amino acid sequence of an S. aureus epitope shown in Table 2.
22. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide with a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of claim 9.
23. A hybridoma which produces an antibody of any one claim from 14 to 18.
24. A vaccine, comprising:
(1) one of more S. pnuemoniae polypeptides selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence identified in Table 1, or a fragment thereof; and
(2) a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient; wherein said polypeptide is present, in an amount effective to elicit protective antibodies in an animal to a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
25. A method of preventing or attenuating an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus in an animal, comprising administering to said animal a 84
polypeptide of claim 9, wherein said polypeptide is administered in an amount effective to prevent or attenuate said infection.
26. A method of detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal involving assaying for one or more nucleic acid sequences encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides in a sample comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with one or more of the above-described nucleic acid probes, under conditions such that hybridization occurs, and
(b) detecting hybridization of said one or more probes to the one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences present in the biological sample.
27. A method of detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal, comprising:
(a) amplifying one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences in said sample using polymerase chain reaction, and
(b) detecting said amplified Staphylococcus nucleic acid.
28. A kit for detecting Staphylococcus antibodies in a biological sample obtained from an animal, comprising
(a) a polypeptide of claim 9 attached to a solid support; and
(b) detecting means.
29. A method of detecting Staphylococcus antibodies in a biological sample obtained from an animal, comprising
(a) contacting the sample with a polypeptide of claim 9; and
(b) detecting antibody-antigen complexes.
PCT/US1999/005976 1998-03-20 1999-03-19 Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides WO1999047639A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU33573/99A AU3357399A (en) 1998-03-20 1999-03-19 (staphylococcus) aureus genes and polypeptides

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US7868298P 1998-03-20 1998-03-20
US60/078,682 1998-03-20
US8029698P 1998-04-01 1998-04-01
US60/080,296 1998-04-01
US8467498P 1998-05-07 1998-05-07
US60/084,674 1998-05-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999047639A2 true WO1999047639A2 (en) 1999-09-23
WO1999047639A3 WO1999047639A3 (en) 2001-08-23

Family

ID=27373335

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/006199 WO1999047662A1 (en) 1998-03-20 1999-03-18 Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides
PCT/US1999/005976 WO1999047639A2 (en) 1998-03-20 1999-03-19 Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1999/006199 WO1999047662A1 (en) 1998-03-20 1999-03-18 Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US6521441B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1064366A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002516068A (en)
AU (2) AU3108399A (en)
CA (1) CA2323724A1 (en)
WO (2) WO1999047662A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6356845B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2002-03-12 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus UDP-N-acetylenolpyruvylglucosamine reductase (S. aureus MurB)
WO2002055550A3 (en) * 2000-08-17 2003-07-24 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of fema and/or fema-like proteins
WO2003087352A2 (en) * 2002-04-09 2003-10-23 Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enolase polypeptides and structures
US6689595B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2004-02-10 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus thymidylate kinase
US6864080B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2005-03-08 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure of Staphylococcus aureus peptide deformylase
US6988041B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-01-17 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus NAD synthetase

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2526895A1 (en) * 2002-04-15 2003-11-27 Washington University Regulated attenuation of live vaccines to enhance cross protective immunogenicity
JP4773348B2 (en) * 2003-07-12 2011-09-14 アクセラー８ テクノロジー コーポレイション Sensitive and rapid biodetection method
ES2660341T3 (en) 2004-08-26 2018-03-21 The University Of Western Ontario Bacterial iron acquisition targets
US8729013B2 (en) 2004-08-26 2014-05-20 The University Of Western Ontario Methods of inhibiting staphylobactin-mediated iron uptake in S. aureus
US7384817B2 (en) * 2005-05-13 2008-06-10 Sandisk Corporation Method of assembling semiconductor devices with LEDs
US8017337B2 (en) 2007-04-19 2011-09-13 Molecular Detection, Inc. Methods, compositions and kits for detection and analysis of antibiotic-resistant bacteria
GB0823550D0 (en) * 2008-12-24 2009-01-28 Kinasource Ltd Peptide tag and uses thereof
WO2013052174A2 (en) * 2011-06-06 2013-04-11 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods for preventing and treating staphylococcus aureus colonization, infection, and disease
WO2012065034A1 (en) * 2010-11-12 2012-05-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Enolase peptide conjugate vaccines against staphylococcus aureus
US9527892B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2016-12-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Protective vaccine based on Staphylococcus aureus SA2451 protein
WO2014011645A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Protective vaccine based on staphylococcus aureus sa2493 protein

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8904762D0 (en) * 1989-03-02 1989-04-12 Glaxo Group Ltd Biological process
IL109410A0 (en) 1993-04-30 1994-07-31 Ell Lilly & Company Fema gene of staphylococcus epidermidis, fema protein, and vectors and microorganisms comprising the fema gene
US6748101B1 (en) * 1995-05-02 2004-06-08 Cummins-Allison Corp. Automatic currency processing system
US5632786A (en) * 1995-09-14 1997-05-27 Amoco Corporation Process and fuel for spark ignition engines
US6593114B1 (en) * 1996-01-05 2003-07-15 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Staphylococcus aureus polynucleotides and sequences

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE GENBANK [Online] 01 January 1997 SUGAI ET AL.: 'Epr, which encodes glycylglycine endopeptidase resistance, is homologous to femAB and affects serine content of pepptidoglycan cross bridges in Staphylococcus capitis and Staphylococcus aureus', XP002945334 Retrieved from EMBL-15 Database accession no. AB000222 *
DATABASE GENBANK [Online] 30 September 1991 BERGER-BAECHI ET AL.: 'FemA, a host-mediated factor essential for methicillin resistance in Staphyloccus', XP002945335 Retrieved from EMBL Database accession no. X17688 *

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6356845B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2002-03-12 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus UDP-N-acetylenolpyruvylglucosamine reductase (S. aureus MurB)
US6689595B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2004-02-10 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus thymidylate kinase
US6988041B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-01-17 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus NAD synthetase
US6864080B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2005-03-08 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure of Staphylococcus aureus peptide deformylase
WO2002055550A3 (en) * 2000-08-17 2003-07-24 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Crystallization and structure determination of fema and/or fema-like proteins
WO2003087352A2 (en) * 2002-04-09 2003-10-23 Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enolase polypeptides and structures
WO2003087352A3 (en) * 2002-04-09 2004-02-05 Affinium Pharm Inc Enolase polypeptides and structures

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6521441B1 (en) 2003-02-18
EP1064366A1 (en) 2001-01-03
US20050053995A1 (en) 2005-03-10
US20030153733A1 (en) 2003-08-14
AU3357399A (en) 1999-10-11
AU3108399A (en) 1999-10-11
CA2323724A1 (en) 1999-09-23
WO1999047662A1 (en) 1999-09-23
JP2002516068A (en) 2002-06-04
US6821754B2 (en) 2004-11-23
WO1999047639A3 (en) 2001-08-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6913907B2 (en) Enterococcus faecalis polynucleotides encoding EF059
US6403337B1 (en) Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides
EP1770164B1 (en) Streptococcus pneumoniae antigens and vaccines
US6821754B2 (en) Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides
US6833253B2 (en) Staphylococcus aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides
CA2294568A1 (en) Lyme disease vaccines
US20040082002A1 (en) 37 staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides
EP1109911A2 (en) Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides
US6902893B1 (en) Lyme disease vaccines
WO1999002700A1 (en) HISTIDINE KINASE TWO-COMPONENT IN $i(CANDIDA ALBICANS)
WO1997014799A1 (en) Fibronectic binding protein b compounds
AU8938601A (en) Lyme disease polynucleotides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN YU ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase